e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended April
30, 2009
|
Commission file number 1-31552
SMITH & WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Nevada
|
|
87-0543688
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
2100 Roosevelt Avenue
Springfield, Massachusetts 01104
(800) 331-0852
(Address including zip code, and
telephone number,
including area code, of
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Common Stock, Par Value $.001 per Share
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
|
|
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Nasdaq Global Select Market
|
(Title of Class)
|
|
(Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Exchange Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer, and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the
Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by nonaffiliates
of the registrant (43,837,965 shares) based on the last
reported sale price of the registrants Common Stock on the
Nasdaq Global Select Market on October 31, 2008, which was
the last business day of the registrants most recently
completed second fiscal quarter, was $100,827,320. For purposes
of this computation, all officers, directors, and 10% beneficial
owners of the registrant are deemed to be affiliates. Such
determination should not be deemed to be an admission that such
officers, directors, or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact,
affiliates of the registrant.
As of June 29, 2009, there were outstanding
53,895,263 shares of the registrants Common Stock,
par value $.001 per share.
Documents
Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement for
the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION
ANNUAL
REPORT ON
FORM 10-K
For the
Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2009
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
PART I
|
|
ITEM 1.
|
|
|
BUSINESS
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
ITEM 1A.
|
|
|
RISK FACTORS
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
|
|
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
ITEM 2.
|
|
|
PROPERTIES
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
|
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
|
|
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
|
|
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
|
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
|
|
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
|
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
|
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
|
|
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
|
|
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
|
|
OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
|
|
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
|
|
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
|
|
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
|
|
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
|
|
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
|
|
49
|
|
SIGNATURES
|
|
|
53
|
|
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
Statement
Regarding Forward-Looking Information
The statements contained in this report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of applicable securities laws.
Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our
expectations, anticipation,
intentions, beliefs, or
strategies regarding the future. Forward-looking
statements also include statements regarding revenue, margins,
expenses, and earnings for fiscal 2010 and thereafter; future
products or product development; our product development
strategies; beliefs regarding the features and performance of
our products; the success of particular product or marketing
programs; and liquidity and anticipated cash needs and
availability. All forward-looking statements included in this
report are based on information available to us as of the filing
date of this report, and we assume no obligation to update any
such forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ
materially from the forward-looking statements. Among the
factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are
the factors discussed under Item 1A, Risk
Factors.
PART I
Introduction
We are one of the worlds leading manufacturers of
firearms. We manufacture a wide array of pistols, revolvers,
tactical rifles, hunting rifles, black powder firearms,
handcuffs, and firearm-related products and accessories for sale
to a wide variety of customers, including gun enthusiasts,
collectors, hunters, sportsmen, competitive shooters, protection
focused individuals, law enforcement and security agencies and
officers, and military agencies in the United States and
throughout the world. We are the largest manufacturer of
handguns and handcuffs in the United States, the largest
U.S. exporter of handguns, and a growing participant in the
tactical and hunting rifle markets that we recently entered. We
manufacture these products at our facilities in Springfield,
Massachusetts; Houlton, Maine; and Rochester, New Hampshire. We
are also a supplier of OEM firearm components. In addition, we
pursue opportunities to license our name and trademarks to third
parties for use in association with their products and services.
We plan to substantially increase our product offerings to
leverage the 150-plus year old Smith &
Wesson brand and capitalize on the goodwill developed
through our historic American tradition by expanding consumer
awareness of products we produce or license in the safety,
security, protection, and sport markets.
Our objective is to be a global leader in the business of
safety, security, protection, and sport. Key elements of our
strategy to achieve this objective are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
enhancing existing and introducing innovative new products;
|
|
|
|
entering new markets and expanding our presence in existing
markets;
|
|
|
|
enhancing our manufacturing productivity and capacity;
|
|
|
|
capitalizing on our widely known brand name;
|
|
|
|
emphasizing customer satisfaction and loyalty; and
|
|
|
|
pursuing strategic relationships and acquisitions.
|
We estimate that the domestic non-military firearm market is
approximately $175 million for revolvers and
$791 million for pistols, with our market share being
approximately 46% and 14%, respectively, and approximately
$554 million for hunting rifles, $313 million for
shotguns, $277 million for tactical rifles, and
$60 million for black powder rifles, with our market share
being approximately 9% in the tactical rifle market and
approximately 37% in the black powder rifle market. We entered
the hunting firearm market with our acquisition of
Thompson/Center Arms in January 2007. According to 2007 reports
by the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives (ATF), the U.S. firearms
manufacturing industry has grown at a compound annual growth
rate in units of 2.8% from 2002 through 2007.
Our wholly owned subsidiary, Smith & Wesson Corp., was
founded in 1852 by Horace Smith and Daniel B. Wesson.
Mr. Wesson purchased Mr. Smiths interest in
1873. The Wesson family sold Smith & Wesson Corp. to
Bangor Punta Corp. in 1965. Lear Siegler Corporation purchased
Bangor Punta in 1984, thereby gaining ownership of
Smith & Wesson Corp. Forstmann Little & Co.
purchased Lear Siegler in 1986 and sold Smith & Wesson
Corp. shortly thereafter to Tomkins Corporation, an affiliate of
UK-based Tomkins PLC. We purchased Smith & Wesson
Corp. from Tomkins in May 2001 and changed our name to
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation in February 2002.
We strive to build upon Smith & Wessons legacy
as an authentic American brand known for innovation and new
product designs and embodying our customers sense of
heritage and independence.
On January 3, 2007, we completed the acquisition of all of
the outstanding capital stock of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp.,
now known as Thompson Center Holding Corporation, and its
subsidiaries, including Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc.
Thompson/Center Arms is a brand recognized by hunting
enthusiasts with a leading position in the black powder segment
of the long gun market. In addition to a leadership position in
the long gun market, Thompson/Center Arms also brings expertise
in long gun barrel manufacturing, which will
1
assist us in our plans to expand further into the long gun
market. Thompson/Center Arms recently entered the
bolt-action
rifle market.
We maintain our principal executive offices at 2100 Roosevelt
Avenue, Springfield, Massachusetts 01104. Our telephone number
is
(800) 331-0852.
Our website is located at www.smith-wesson.com. Through our
website, we make available free of charge our annual reports on
Form 10-K,
our proxy statements, our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
our current reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to any of them filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). These documents
are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file those documents with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We also post on our website the
charters of our Audit, Compensation, and Nominations and
Corporate Governance Committees; our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, our Code of Conduct and Ethics, our Code of Ethics
for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers, and any amendments or
waivers thereto; and any other corporate governance materials
contemplated by the regulations of the SEC and the exchange on
which our common stock is listed. The documents are also
available in print by contacting our corporate secretary at our
executive offices.
Products
and Services
Firearms
Our firearm products combine our legacy of more than
150 years of American know-how with modern technological
advances. We strive to utilize our tradition of reliability and
innovation in materials, performance, and engineering to produce
feature-rich, durable, reliable, accurate, safe, and
high-performing firearms that satisfy the needs of our broad
range of customers.
Our introduction of new firearm products is designed to enhance
our competitive position and broaden our participation in the
overall firearm market. We offer more handgun models, in more
calibers, for more applications than any other handgun
manufacturer. We introduced 13 new revolver models, 11 new
pistol models, and one new Walther pistol model in fiscal 2009
and nine new revolver models, five new pistol models, and two
new Walther pistol models in fiscal 2008. We currently offer 117
different standard models of handguns with a wide variety of
calibers, finishes, sizes, compositions, ammunition capacities,
barrel lengths, grips, sights, actions, and other features. As
little as five years ago, we were known primarily for our
revolvers, with revolvers accounting for approximately 40% of
our fiscal 2004 revenue. Starting in fiscal 2005, our management
team determined to increase our business by solidifying our
position in the revolver market and significantly increasing our
business in other categories of the overall firearm business.
The introduction of our 460 XVR revolver and our Model 500
revolver enhanced our position in the revolver market. The
introduction of our M&P Series of pistols in January 2006
resulted in us becoming a leader in the pistol market with sales
of pistols in fiscal 2009 showing a 246% increase over fiscal
2004 levels. Our January 2006 launch of our M&P15 Series of
tactical rifles has enabled us to capture what we estimate to be
approximately 9% of the tactical rifle market. Our January 2007
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms added black powder firearms,
interchangeable firearm systems, and the ICON bolt-action rifle
to our product portfolio. As a result, we are now participating
in three categories of the long gun market as well as both
categories of the handgun market.
The sale of firearms accounted for approximately
$313.0 million in net sales, or approximately 93.4% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $274.1 million in net sales, or approximately
92.6% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008. With the exception of Walther firearms, all of our
firearms are sold under our Smith & Wesson and
Thompson/Center Arms brands, several with associated
sub-brands.
Pistols
We currently manufacture 43 different models of pistols. The
suggested retail prices of our pistols range between $308 and
$1,439. A pistol is a handgun in which the ammunition chamber is
an integral part of the barrel and which is fed ammunition from
a magazine contained in the grip. The firing cycle ejects the
spent casings and loads a new round into the chamber.
2
The following sets forth information regarding some of our most
popular pistols:
|
|
|
Model
|
|
Description
|
|
M&P Series
|
|
Polymer frame pistols designed for law enforcement and military
professionals, available in full-sized and compact versions in
9mm, .40 caliber, .357 Sig, and .45 caliber. These pistols have
been selected or approved for carry by over 500 law enforcement
agencies.
|
Sigma Series
|
|
Polymer frame pistols available in 9mm and .40 caliber. The 9mm
version is used by the Afghanistan National Police and Border
Patrol.
|
4006TSW
|
|
A .40 caliber premium pistol designed for law enforcement, which
is the standard duty firearm for the California Highway Patrol.
|
SW1911
|
|
A .45 ACP competition-ready pistol based on the 1911 pistol,
which was the standard issue for the U.S. military for decades
and which is available in a variety of materials and features.
|
Our M&P Series of pistols, which was engineered with input
from more than a dozen law enforcement agencies, is designed to
offer performance, safety, and durability features that meet the
standards of global law enforcement and military personnel as
well as consumers desiring personal protection. The M&P
comes in 9mm, .45, .40, and .357 Sig calibers and is available
in both compact and full-sized models and with an optional
frame-mounted ambidextrous thumb safety.
We believe that our M&P Series of pistols is the most
feature rich, innovative polymer pistol on the market today. The
M&P Series of pistols is made with a polymer frame with a
rigid stainless steel chassis and a through-hardened black
melonite stainless steel barrel and slide for durability. The
M&P Series features easily changed palmswell grips in three
sizes, allowing the user to customize grips in a matter of
seconds; a passive trigger safety to prevent the pistol from
firing if dropped; an enlarged trigger guard to accommodate
gloved hands; a sear lever release that eliminates the need to
press the trigger in order to disassemble the firearm; a loaded
chamber indicator located on the top of the slide; an
ambidextrous slide stop and reversible magazine release to
accommodate right and left handed shooters; an optional internal
locking system and magazine safety; and a universal equipment
rail to allow the addition of accessories, including lights and
lasers.
Our Sigma Series consists of double-action pistols constructed
with a durable polymer frame and a through-hardened stainless
steel slide and barrel. The Sigma Series features an ergonomic
design and simple operating procedures. The Sigma Series comes
in 9mm and .40 caliber models. Sigma model pistols have been
purchased by the U.S. Army Security Assistance Command for
use by the Afghanistan National Police and Border Patrol as a
result of performance features required in wartime and extreme
environmental conditions.
Our Smith & Wesson pistol sales accounted for
approximately $93.1 million in net sales, or approximately
27.8% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2009 and approximately $69.6 million in net sales, or
approximately 23.5% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2008.
We are the exclusive U.S. importer and North American
marketer of Walther firearms and hold the production rights for
the popular Walther PPK pistol in the United States, which we
manufacture at our Houlton, Maine facility. The Walther PPK was
made famous by the movie character James Bond. The Walther P22
has become one of the top selling .22 caliber pistols in the
United States. Walther sales accounted for approximately
$34.3 million in net sales, or approximately 10.2% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $27.1 million in net sales, or approximately
9.2% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008.
Revolvers
We currently manufacture 74 different models of revolvers. The
suggested retail prices of our revolvers range between $600 and
$1,446. A revolver is a handgun with a cylinder that holds the
ammunition in a series of chambers that are successively aligned
with the barrel of the gun during each firing cycle. There are
two general types of revolvers: single-action and double-action.
To fire a single-action revolver, the hammer is pulled back to
cock the gun and align the cylinder before the trigger is
pulled. To fire a double-action revolver, a single trigger pull
advances the cylinder as it cocks and releases the hammer.
3
The following table sets forth information regarding some of our
most popular revolvers:
|
|
|
Model
|
|
Description
|
|
637
|
|
Lightweight .38 caliber revolver, which is the original aluminum
frame revolver.
|
642
|
|
Lightweight .38 caliber revolver, which is very popular as a
back-up firearm for law enforcement personnel and which features
an enclosed hammer with no snag and easy carry.
|
629
|
|
Stainless steel variation of the .44 magnum revolver made famous
in the Dirty Harry films.
|
500
|
|
Worlds most powerful production revolver, which is used
for big-game hunting.
|
460
|
|
Worlds highest velocity production revolver, also used for
big-game hunting.
|
M&P340
|
|
Lightweight, scandium frame .357 magnum revolver, designed as a
back-up weapon for law enforcement personnel.
|
We offer our revolvers in a variety of frame sizes. In 2004, we
introduced extra large frame revolvers. Our initial offering was
the Model 500, a .500 caliber S&W magnum revolver, which is
the worlds most powerful revolver in production. In 2005,
we introduced the Model 460 XVR (X-treme Velocity Revolver), an
extra large frame .460 caliber S&W magnum revolver, which
has the highest muzzle velocity of any production revolver in
the world. The extra large frame revolvers are designed to
address the handgun hunting and sport shooting markets.
We have long been known for our small frame revolvers, which
have been carried by law enforcement personnel and personal
defense-minded citizens for decades. These J Frames
come in a variety of models, many of which are available in
lightweight alloys. We hold a patent on firearm applications
that incorporate scandium, a material that possesses many of the
same attributes as titanium but at a more reasonable cost.
Scandium is featured on our M&P line of small frame
revolvers as well as many of our other revolvers and pistols.
We also manufacture many mid- and large-sized revolvers in a
variety of models and calibers, including .38 caliber, .357
magnum, and the powerful .44 magnum. These mid- and large-sized
revolvers have applications in virtually all professional and
personal markets. The revolvers include the Model 10, which has
been in continuous production since 1899. Other models include
the Model 686 .357 magnum and the Model 629 .44 magnum, which
also are available in several barrel lengths.
The sale of revolvers accounted for approximately
$77.1 million in net sales, or approximately 23.0% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $70.2 million in net sales, or approximately
23.7% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008.
Tactical
Rifles
Our M&P15, M&P15A, and M&P15T are tactical
rifles, commonly known as black rifles, specifically
designed to satisfy the functionality and reliability needs of
global military and law enforcement personnel. These rifles are
also popular as sporting target rifles and are sold through
sporting good distributors, retailers, and dealers. The
M&P15, M&P15A, and M&P15T are rugged,
lightweight, semi-automatic rifles with
16-inch
barrels that are designed to perform under a diverse range of
conditions and fire 5.56mm and .223 caliber ammunition. The
rifles feature a single-stage trigger with a seven pound trigger
pull. These rifles are gas operated and include a chrome-lined
gas tray, bolt carrier, and barrel with a six-position
adjustable stock to accommodate a variety of shooting positions.
In fiscal 2009, we introduced a fully automatic version for
military and law enforcement agencies.
The M&P15, introduced in January 2006, incorporates a
traditional AR-15 design, featuring a removable carry-handle and
adjustable rear and front post sights, allowing for quick target
acquisition and convenient handling. The M&P15A has a
folding rear sight and does not have a carry handle. The upper
and lower receivers on the rifles are constructed with tough
707/T6 aluminum and are furnished with A2 military flash
suppressors. The M&P15T, with its high-end accessory
package, features folding front and rear battle sights and a
four-sided equipment rail system that allows the addition of
accessories, such as lights, laser-aiming devices, and vertical
grips. The tactical rifle line has been expanded to included 12
models, with various features and multiple calibers.
4
The sale of tactical rifles accounted for approximately
$39.8 million in net sales, or approximately 11.9% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $16.6 million in net sales, or approximately
5.6% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008. Tactical rifles remain the fastest growing segment of the
long gun market.
Hunting
Firearms
Our
ICON®
bolt-action, center fire rifle is a premium hunting rifle
designed to be a new breed of bolt-action rifle in terms of
ruggedness, reliability, and accuracy. The ICON features a
24-inch
polished blue metal barrel with several features designed to
enhance accuracy, including a flat bottom receiver with an
interlock bedding system, 5R rifling, a match grade crown, and
an integrated scope base. The ICON rifle also features a Sims
recoil pad, a detachable box magazine, a specially designed and
located bolt release, and a two-position safety. Each rifle is
fired prior to leaving the factory, and the rifle is certified
to shoot one inch groups at 100 yards. A target reflecting the
actual test shots from the factory is included in the box.
The ICON adds innovations to the inherent reliability and
accuracy advantages of bolt-action rifles, which are rifles in
which the opening and closing of the breach is controlled
manually by a bolt, resulting from their relatively few moving
parts compared with other rifles.
Our
T/C®
Venturetm
is a bolt action rifle that features a match grade barrel and 5R
rifling and carries a one inch accuracy guarantee and
Thompson/Center Arms quality at an economic price. The launch of
the T/C Venture positions Thompson/Center Arms in a higher
volume price segment. T/C Venture is positioned as the most
finely crafted and most accurate bolt-action rifle retailing for
less than $500.
Our
Omegatm,
Black
Diamondtm,
Fire
Stormtm,
Hawkentm,
and
Triumph®
models are leading
fixed-barrel
black powder, or muzzle loader, firearms. Black
powder firearms are firearms in which the ammunition is loaded
through the muzzle rather than the breech as is the case of
conventional firearms. Our black powder firearms are highly
accurate, dependable rifles configured with muzzle loading
barrels for hunting. Black powder firearms are purchased by
hunting enthusiasts primarily for use during exclusive black
powder hunting seasons for hunting big game, such as deer and
elk. They are also used by participants in Civil War
re-enactments and gun collectors.
Our interchangeable firearm systems include the
Encore®,
Pro
Hunter®,
Contender®,
and
Endeavor®
product lines. These products offer over 360 different gun,
barrel, caliber configurations, and finishes and can be
configured as a center fire rifle, rim fire rifle, shotgun,
black powder firearm, or single-shot handgun for use across the
entire range of big- and small-game hunting. As a result, a
firearm owner can easily change barrels, stocks, and forends,
resulting in one gun for all seasons that can be
continuously modified to suit the needs and tasks of the owner
for various forms of sport shooting and hunting.
The sale of hunting firearms accounted for approximately
$38.5 million in net sales, or approximately 11.5% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $57.6 million in net sales, or approximately
19.5% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008.
Other
Products
Premium
and Limited Edition Handguns and Classics
Our Smith & Wesson Performance
Center®
personnel have been providing specialized products and services
for the most demanding firearm enthusiasts since 1990. To meet
the requirements of law enforcement professionals, competitive
shooters, collectors, and discriminating sport enthusiasts who
demand superior firearm products, Performance Center personnel
conceptualize, engineer, and craft firearm products from the
ground up. Our craftsmen, many of whom are actively involved in
competitive shooting, are highly skilled and experienced
gunsmiths. While Performance Center products are typically made
in limited production quantities, we offer 22 catalog
Performance Center model variations in order to enhance product
availability.
Our Classics department makes it possible for
customers to own historic firearms that are manufactured today
but modeled after original favorites, such as the Model 29,
which is the gun made famous by the movie character Dirty Harry.
These firearms are newly crafted with designs that take
advantage of some of the most
5
famous and collectible guns that we have ever made. Our Classics
department also makes commemorative firearms and employs master
engravers who craft
one-of-a-kind
custom firearms. These custom-made applications reflect the
skill and vision of the master engraver and the artistic
expression of the owner.
Our premium and limited edition handguns and classics and
engraving services generated approximately $16.2 million in
net sales, or approximately 4.8% of our net sales, for the
fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and approximately
$16.1 million in net sales, or approximately 5.5% of our
net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2008.
Parts
and Black Powder Accessories
We sell parts and accessories, including black powder
accessories for black powder rifles. The sale of these products
accounted for approximately $13.9 million in net sales, or
approximately 4.2% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2009 and approximately $16.8 million in net
sales, or approximately 5.7% of our net sales, for the fiscal
year ended April 30, 2008.
Handcuffs
We are the largest manufacturer of handcuffs and restraints in
the United States. We fabricate these products from the highest
grade carbon or stainless steel. Double heat-treated internal
locks help prevent tampering and smooth ratchets allow for swift
cuffing and an extra measure of safety. We can customize
handcuffs to fit customer specifications. The sale of handcuffs
accounted for approximately $7.1 million in net sales, or
approximately 2.1% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2009 and approximately $6.2 million in net
sales, or approximately 2.1% of our net sales, for the fiscal
year ended April 30, 2008. In 2008, we launched our
innovative new Lever
Locktm
handcuff, which eliminates the need to use the cuff key to
initiate the double-lock feature.
Smith &
Wesson Academy
Established in 1969, the Smith & Wesson Academy is the
nations oldest private law enforcement training facility.
The Smith & Wesson Academy has trained law enforcement
personnel from all 50 states and more than 50 foreign
countries. Classes are conducted at a modern facility in
Springfield, Massachusetts or on location around the world.
Through the Smith & Wesson Academy, we offer
state-of-the
art instruction designed to meet the training needs of law
enforcement and security customers worldwide.
Specialty
Services
We utilize our substantial capabilities in metal processing and
finishing to provide services to third-party customers. Our
services include forging, heat treating, finishing, and plating.
The acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms included a foundry
operation, which expanded our specialty services offerings to
include castings. Specialty services accounted for approximately
$6.8 million in net sales, or approximately 2.0% of our net
sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and
approximately $7.6 million in net sales, or approximately
2.6% of our net sales, for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008.
Strategy
Our objective is to be a global leader in the businesses of
safety, security, protection, and sport. Key elements of our
strategy to achieve this objective include the following:
Enhance
Existing Products and Introduce New Products
We continually seek to enhance our existing products and to
introduce new products to expand our market share or enter into
new market segments. During the last two fiscal years, we have
introduced 22 new revolver models and 19 new pistol models. Our
January 2007 acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms added black
powder firearms, interchangeable firearm systems, and the ICON
bolt-action rifle to our product portfolio. We plan to
6
continue to introduce new products in fiscal 2010 in both the
handgun and long gun markets. Some of these new products may be
intended for markets and customers that we currently do not
serve.
Enter
New Markets and Enhance Presence in Existing
Markets
We plan to continue to enter new markets and expand our
penetration in the markets we serve. Historically, the largest
portion of our business resulted from the sale of revolvers in
the domestic sporting good market. With the introduction of the
M&P Series of pistols and the growth of our Sigma Series
and a full line of Model 1911 style pistols, we have
significantly expanded the breadth and quality of our pistol
offerings. As a result of the expansion of the M&P pistol
line with additional calibers and versions and customer demand
for these products, pistols now account for more of our revenue
than revolvers. We plan to position the M&P Series of
pistols to help increase our share in the military and law
enforcement markets both within the United States and
internationally.
The introduction of our M&P15 Series of tactical rifles and
the addition of black powder firearms, interchangeable firearm
systems, and our ICON bolt-action rifle resulting from our
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms have enabled us to become an
increasingly important factor in multiple segments of the long
gun market. We are also evaluating other product and service
opportunities, such as law enforcement and criminal
investigation, security systems, less lethal products, and
homeland defense products and services. Other products and
services being considered may be intended for other aspects of
the safety, security, protection, and sport markets.
Enhance
Manufacturing Productivity and Capacity
We are continuing our efforts to enhance our manufacturing
productivity in terms of increased daily production quantities,
increased operational availability of equipment, reduced
machinery down time, extended machinery useful life, reduced
overtime, increased efficiency, and enhanced product quality.
The recent introduction of new production methods and additional
machinery has resulted in significant improvements in our
production. For example, we have been able to increase our
average daily handgun production by 193% from December 2004 to
May 2009 while improving product quality, reducing waste, and
reducing overtime. Any significant growth of our business,
however, will require us to increase our manufacturing capacity.
Over the past several years, we have improved our utilization of
the floor space in our Springfield facility and now have
available space into which we can grow. For example, recently,
we have not always been able to satisfy on a timely basis the
consumer demand for some of our most popular new products,
including our M&P15 tactical rifles. We plan to continue to
seek gains in manufacturing efficiency and capacity so as to
assure we can meet consumer demand for our most popular new
products.
Capitalize
on Brand Name
We plan to capitalize on our well-known Smith & Wesson
brand name, which we believe is one of the worlds most
recognized brand names with 87% brand recognition across all
demographic lines. We believe our brand name will enable us to
offer new products and services that we do not currently offer
and to achieve license revenue from third parties that believe
our brand name will facilitate the sale of their products or
services. Customer feedback has shown that the Thompson/Center
Arms brand name has a high recognition value among hunters. We
are evaluating how we can best capitalize on this brand
recognition in our strategy.
Emphasize
Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty
We plan to continue to emphasize customer satisfaction and
loyalty by offering high-quality products on a timely and
cost-effective basis and by offering customer training and
support. We offer loyal customers the opportunity to join Club
1852. Membership in Club 1852 is available with any
Smith & Wesson firearm purchase and provides customers
the opportunity to be introduced to new products, to be invited
to exclusive Club 1852 events, and to receive special product
offers.
7
Pursue
Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions
We intend to develop and expand strategic relationships and
pursue strategic acquisitions to enhance our ability to offer
new products and penetrate new markets. Our January 2007
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms enabled us to enter the
hunting rifle and black powder firearm markets.
Marketing,
Sales, and Distribution
We currently employ 48 direct sales people who service
distributors, retailers, dealers, and law enforcement agencies.
As of April 30, 2009, we had 52 commercial distributors, 74
law enforcement distributors, and nine federal and military
distributors. Our top five commercial distributors accounted for
a total of approximately 32.1% of our net product sales for the
fiscal year ended April 30, 2009. Historically, commercial
and law enforcement distributors have been primarily responsible
for the distribution of our firearms and restraints.
We market our products primarily through creative distributor,
dealer, and consumer promotions as well as specialized retail
merchandising that utilizes many in-store sales tools. We are
also an industry leader in vertical print media as gauged by our
regular tracking of editorial coverage in more than 274 outdoor
magazines, including such leaders as Guns &
Ammo, American Rifleman, Shooting Times,
American Handgunner, Outdoor Life, and
Field & Stream. We also sponsor numerous
outdoor television and radio programs, which generate
significant editorial exposure. Through these print, television,
and radio media, we achieved more than 2.3 billion consumer
impressions (inclusive of Smith & Wesson and
Thompson/Center Arms) in fiscal 2009. We sponsor a significant
number of firearm safety, shooting, and hunting events and
organizations. We print various product catalogs that are
distributed to our dealers and mailed directly, on a limited
basis, to consumers. We also attend various trade shows, such as
the SHOT Show, NRA Show, International Association of Chiefs of
Police Show, IWA Show in Europe, and various distributor, buying
group, and consumer shows. In the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2009, advertising and promotion expenses amounted
to approximately $13.8 million, excluding the cost of
rebates and promotions reflected in gross margin.
We also sell a significant amount of firearms directly to law
enforcement agencies. Our overseas sales are primarily made
through distributors, which in turn sell to retail stores and
government agencies.
E-Marketing
We utilize our www.smith-wesson.com and www.tcarms.com websites
to market our products and services and provide information
regarding our company to customers, consumers, dealers,
distributors, and government and law enforcement agencies
worldwide. We are exploring ways to enhance our ability to
utilize
e-marketing
to provide additional products and services to our customers.
Retail
Stores
We operate a retail store, including a commercial shooting
range, in Springfield, Massachusetts. The Smith &
Wesson Shooting Sports Center sells Smith & Wesson,
Walther, and Thompson/Center Arms firearms, accessories, branded
products, apparel, ammunition, and related shooting supplies. We
also operate a retail store in Rochester, New Hampshire, known
as Fox Ridge Outfitters. The Fox Ridge store offers firearms as
well as hunting, shooting, camping, fishing, and sporting gear
and accessories at the retail location and online. We also offer
Thompson/Center Custom Shop products through the Fox Ridge
retail outlet.
Service
and Support
We operate a toll free customer service number from
8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time to answer
questions and resolve issues regarding our products. In
addition, we offer a limited lifetime warranty program under
which we repair defects in material or workmanship in our
firearm products without charge for as long as the original
purchaser owns the handgun. We also maintain a number of
authorized warranty centers throughout the world and provide
both warranty and charge repair services at our facilities.
8
Licensing
Several of our registered trademarks, including the
S&W®
logo and script Smith & Wesson
®,
are well known throughout the world and have a reputation for
quality, value, and trustworthiness. As a result, licensing our
trademarks to third parties for use in connection with their
products and services provides us with an opportunity that is
not available to many other companies in our industry. Our
future plans include the expansion of our licensing program to
capitalize on the awareness of the 150-plus year old
Smith & Wesson name and capitalize on the goodwill
developed through our historic American tradition by expanding
consumer awareness of Smith & Wesson branded products.
We expect this further extension may provide added retail and
distribution channels, products, and markets for our licensed
goods and branded products. We believe that the use and
capitalization of our brand through an increased licensing
program can leverage our historic reputation and increase
revenue with minimal risk exposure.
Our licensed products are distributed throughout the world. As
of April 30, 2009, we licensed our Smith & Wesson
trademarks to 26 different companies that market products
complementing our products. In fiscal 2009, we signed agreements
with three new licensees and ended our relationship with eight
licensees.
In fiscal 2009, we entered into a licensing agreement with BBC
Imagewear to provide tee shirts, jackets, and shirts utilizing
the Smith & Wesson trademarks. We also entered into a
licensing agreement with Kudzu/The Game to provide hats and caps
with the Smith & Wesson logo and hats, tee shirts,
jackets, gun pads, license plates, decals, pins, patches, key
chains, glassware, and mugs with the Thompson/Center Arms logo.
We signed an agreement with TruckVault to provide lockable steel
handgun safes for homes, vehicles, and public safety agencies,
including police, government agencies, fire departments, and the
military.
In fiscal 2008, we entered into an exclusive license agreement
with NationWide Digital Monitoring Co., a provider of security
system products and services. Under the agreement, NationWide
Digital Monitoring Co., the wholesale monitoring division of New
York Merchants Protective Co., Inc., has developed an authorized
Smith & Wesson Security Services program, which it has
begun to market to select security dealers in North America
beginning in 2009. The program provides security dealers access
to both wireless and hardwired professional grade electronic
security products, branded with the Smith & Wesson
name and logo, along with dedicated monitoring services. Each
system is available in multiple price and feature packages,
allowing for applications in both residential and commercial
environments.
Manufacturing
We have three manufacturing facilities: a
530,323 square-foot facility located in Springfield,
Massachusetts; a 38,115 square-foot facility located in
Houlton, Maine; and a 160,000 square-foot facility located
in Rochester, New Hampshire. We conduct our handgun and
tactical rifle manufacturing and most of our specialty services
activities at our Springfield, Massachusetts facility; we
conduct our black powder, interchangeable firearm system, and
hunting rifle manufacturing at our Rochester, New Hampshire
facility; and we utilize our Houlton, Maine facility for the
production of .22 caliber pistols, 1911 pistols, Walther PPK
pistols, handcuffs, and other restraint devices. Our Springfield
and Houlton facilities are ISO 9001 certified. We perform most
assembly, inspection, and testing of the firearms manufactured
at our manufacturing facilities. Each firearm is test fired
before shipment. Our major firearm components are cut by
computer-assisted machines, and we deploy sophisticated
automated testing equipment to assist our skilled employees to
ensure the proper functioning of our firearms.
Our Springfield facility is currently operating on a four shift,
168 hour per week schedule while our Houlton and Rochester
facilities are operating on a two shift, 80 hour per week
schedule. We seek to minimize inventory costs through an
integrated planning and production system.
We believe we have a strong track record of manufacturing very
high-quality products. From time to time, we have experienced
some manufacturing issues with respect to some of our handguns
and have initiated product recalls. Our most recent recall
occurred in May 2009 with respect to our Model 22A handguns
manufactured at our Houlton, Maine facility. In February 2009,
we also issued a recall with respect to our Walther PPK/S
handguns manufactured at our Houlton, Maine facility. In
November 2008, we issued a recall of our i-Bolt bolt-action
rifle bolts manufactured in our Springfield, Massachusetts
facility. The aggregate cost of these recalls was approximately
$2.5 million.
9
Supplies
Although we manufacture many of the components for our firearms,
we obtain certain parts and components, including ammunition,
magazines, polymer pistol frames, bolt carriers, accessory
parts, and rifle stocks, from third parties. Most of our major
suppliers are
U.S.-based
and include Carpenter Steel for raw steel, Pioneer Tool for
cutting tools, Tri-Town Precision Plastics for polymer
components, and Advanced Forming Technology and Parmatech for
metal-injected-molded components. The costs of these materials
are at competitive rates and could be obtained from other
suppliers if necessary.
Research
and Development; New Product Introductions
Through our advanced products engineering department, we enhance
existing and develop new firearm products. In fiscal 2009, our
gross spending on research activities relating to the
development of new products was approximately $2.9 million.
In fiscal 2008, our gross spending on such research activities
amounted to approximately $1.9 million. As of
April 30, 2009, we had 34 employees engaged in
research and development as part of their responsibilities.
Patents
and Trademarks
We own numerous patents related to our firearms and related
products. We apply for patents and trademarks whenever we
develop new products or processes deemed commercially viable.
Historically, we have primarily focused on applying for utility
patents, but we are now also focusing on applying for design
patents when we believe that a particular firearm design has
merit worth protecting. We have 59 active patents. We do not
believe our patents are critical to our business.
Trademarks and copyrights also are important to our firearm
business and licensing activities. We have an active global
program of trademark registration and enforcement. We believe
that our SMITH & WESSON trademark and our S&W
monogram, registered in
1913-1914,
and the derivatives thereof, are known and recognized by the
public worldwide and are very valuable assets. With the return
of our company to American ownership, we have renewed our
emphasis on strengthening our product branding and realize that
the reputation developed by the use of our name for over
150 years is helpful to leverage our image among the
general public. Many of the products we sell derive higher
margins as a result of our brand name.
In addition to our name and derivations thereof, we have
numerous other trademarks, service marks, and logos registered
both in the United States and abroad. Many of our products are
introduced to the market with a particular brand name associated
with them. Some of our better known trademarks and service marks
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
MILITARY &
POLICEtm,
AIRLITE®,
THE SIGMA
SERIES®,
ALLIED
FORCEStm,
CHIEFS
SPECIAL®,
LADY
SMITH®,
MOUNTAIN
GUN®,
MOUNTAIN
LITE®,
and
BODYGUARD®
(all firearms or series of firearms);
|
|
|
|
MAGNUM®
(used not only for revolvers but a whole line of branded
products);
|
|
|
|
SMITH & WESSON PERFORMANCE
CENTER®
(our high-performance gun/custom gunsmith service center and
used in connection with products);
|
|
|
|
SMITH & WESSON
ACADEMY®
(refers to our law enforcement/military training center);
|
|
|
|
CLUB
1852®
(a consumer affinity organization made available to
Smith & Wesson firearm owners);
|
|
|
|
OMEGAtm,
CONTENDER®,
ENCORE®,
TRIUMPH®,
ENDEAVORtm,
T/C®
VENTUREtm,
PRECISION
HUNTERtm,
and
ICON®
(all guns or series of guns);
|
|
|
|
SWING
HAMMER®,
SPEED
BREECH®,
FLEX
TECH®,
and WEATHER
SHIELD®
(all features); and
|
|
|
|
AMERICAS MASTER
GUNMAKER®.
|
We intend to vigorously pursue and challenge any violations of
our trademarks, copyrights, or service marks, as we believe the
goodwill associated with them is a cornerstone of our branding
and licensing strategy.
10
Competition
The firearm industry is dominated by a small number of
well-known companies. We encounter competition from both
domestic and foreign manufacturers. Some competitors manufacture
a wide variety of firearms as we do while the majority
manufacture only certain types of firearms. We are the largest
manufacturer of handguns and handcuffs in the United States, the
largest U.S. exporter of handguns, and a growing
participant in the tactical and hunting rifle markets that we
recently entered.
Our primary competitors are Ruger and Taurus in the revolver
market and Beretta, Glock, Heckler & Koch, Ruger, Sig
Sauer, and Springfield Armory in the pistol market. We compete
primarily with Bushmaster, Rock River, Stag, and DPMS in the
tactical rifle market; with Browning, Marlin, Remington, Ruger,
Savage, Weatherby, and Winchester in the hunting rifle market;
and with CVA and Traditions in the black powder firearm market.
We compete primarily based upon innovation, product quality,
reliability, price, performance, consumer awareness, and
service. Our customer service organization is proactive in
offering timely responses to customer inquiries.
Peerless Handcuff Company is the only major handcuff
manufacturer with significant market share in the United States
that directly competes with us. As a result of competitive
foreign pricing, we sell nearly 80% of our handcuffs and
restraints in the United States.
Customers
We sell our products and services through a variety of
distribution channels. Depending upon the product or service,
our customers include distributors, state and municipal law
enforcement agencies and officers, government and military
agencies, retailers, and consumers.
The ultimate users of our products include gun enthusiasts,
collectors, sportsmen, competitive shooters, hunters,
protection-focused individuals, law enforcement and military
personnel and agencies, and other governmental organizations.
During fiscal 2009, approximately 8.6% of our sales were to
state and local law enforcement agencies and the federal
government; approximately 7.4% were international; and the
remaining approximately 84.0% were through the highly regulated
distribution channel to domestic consumers. Our domestic sales
are primarily made to distributors that sell to licensed dealers
that in turn sell to the end user. In some cases, we sell
directly to large retailers and dealers.
Governmental
Regulations
We are regulated by ATF, which licenses the manufacture and sale
of firearms. ATF conducts periodic audits of our facilities. The
U.S. Department of State oversees the export of firearms,
and we must obtain an export permit for all international
shipments.
There are also various state and local regulations relating to
firearm design and distribution. In Massachusetts, for example,
there are regulations related to the strength of the trigger
pull, barrel length, and the makeup of the material of the gun.
California has similar regulations but also requires that each
new model be sampled by an independent lab before being approved
for sale within the state. Warning labels related to the
operation of firearms are contained in all boxes in which the
firearms are shipped. With respect to state and local
regulations, the local gun dealer is required to comply with
those laws, and we seek to manufacture weapons complying with
those specifications.
Environmental
We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws that
regulate or otherwise relate to the protection of the
environment, including those governing pollutant discharges into
the air and water, managing and disposing of hazardous
substances, and cleaning up contaminated sites. Some of our
operations require permits and environmental controls to prevent
or reduce air and water pollution. These permits are subject to
modification, renewal, and revocation by the issuing authorities.
Environmental laws and regulations generally have become
stricter in recent years, and the cost to comply with new laws
may be higher in the future. Several of the more significant
federal laws applicable to our operations
11
include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act, or CERCLA, and the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA. CERCLA,
RCRA, and related state laws can impose liability for the entire
cost of cleaning up contaminated sites upon any of the current
and former site owners, operators, or parties that sent waste to
these sites, regardless of location, fault, or the lawfulness of
the original disposal activity.
In our efforts to satisfy our environmental responsibilities and
to comply with environmental laws and regulations, we have
established, and periodically update, policies relating to the
environmental standards of performance for our operations. We
maintain programs that monitor compliance with various
environmental regulations. However, in the normal course of our
manufacturing operations, we may be subject to governmental
proceedings and orders pertaining to waste disposal, air
emissions, and water discharges from our operations into the
environment. We regularly incur substantial capital and
operating costs to comply with environmental laws, including
remediation of known environmental conditions at our main plant
in Springfield, Massachusetts. We spent approximately $915,000
in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 on environmental
compliance, consisting of approximately $435,000 for disposal
fees and containers, $97,000 for remediation, $258,000 for DEP
analysis and fees, and $125,000 for air filtration maintenance.
Although we have potential liability with respect to the future
remediation of certain pre-existing sites, we believe that we
are in substantial compliance with applicable material
environmental laws, regulations, and permits.
We may become involved in various proceedings relating to
environmental matters, and we are engaged in an environmental
investigation and remediation at one site. Our manufacturing
facilities are located on properties with a long history of
industrial use, including the use of hazardous substances. We
have identified soil and groundwater contamination at our
Springfield, Massachusetts, plant that we are investigating,
monitoring, or remediating.
We have provided reserves for potential environmental
obligations that we consider probable and for which reasonable
estimates of such obligations can be made. As of April 30,
2009, we had a reserve of approximately $754,000 for
environmental matters that is recorded on an undiscounted basis.
Environmental liabilities are considered probable based upon
specific facts and circumstances, including currently available
environmental studies, existing technology, enacted laws and
regulations, experience in remediation efforts, direction or
approval from regulatory agencies, our status as a potentially
responsible party, or PRP, and the ability of other PRPs, if
any, or contractually liable parties to pay the allocated
portion of any environmental obligations. We believe that we
have adequately provided for the reasonable estimable costs of
known environmental obligations. However, the reserves will be
periodically reviewed and increases or decreases to these
reserves may occur due to the specific facts and circumstances
previously noted.
We do not expect that the liability with respect to such
investigation and remediation activities will have a material
adverse effect on our liquidity or financial condition. However,
we cannot be sure that we have identified all existing
environmental issues related to our properties or that our
operations will not cause environmental conditions in the
future. As a result, we could incur additional material costs to
address cleanup of the environmental conditions.
Pursuant to the merger agreement signed December 15, 2006,
effective January 3, 2007, we completed the acquisition of
Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries, including
Thompson/Center Arms. Under the agreement, the former
stockholders of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. have indemnified us
for losses arising from, among other things, environmental
conditions related to its manufacturing activities. Of the
purchase price, $8.0 million was placed in an escrow
account, a portion of which will be applied to environmental
remediation at the manufacturing site in Rochester, New
Hampshire. In November 2008, $2.5 million of the escrow
account was released to the sellers. We are currently working on
a remediation action plan with the sellers in order to remediate
the environmental contamination found at the site. It is not
presently possible to estimate the ultimate amount of all
remediation costs and potential uses of the escrow. As of
April 30, 2009, approximately $1.2 million of the
escrow has been spent on safety and environmental testing and
remediation activities. We believe the likelihood of
environmental remediation costs exceeding the amount available
in escrow to be remote.
12
Employees
As of May 31, 2009, we had 1,362 full-time employees.
Of our employees, 1,135 are engaged in manufacturing, 111 in
sales and marketing, 31 in finance and accounting, 34 in
research and development, 20 in information services, and
31 in various executive or other administrative functions. None
of our employees are represented by a union in collective
bargaining with us. Approximately 33% of our employees have 10
or more years of service with our company, and approximately 23%
have greater than 25 years of service. We believe that our
employee relations are good and that the high quality of our
employee base is instrumental to our success.
Backlog
As of April 30, 2009, we had a backlog of orders of
approximately $267.9 million. The backlog of orders as of
April 30, 2008 was approximately $49.9 million. Our
backlog consists of orders for which purchase orders have been
received and which are generally scheduled for shipment within
six months. The high order backlog at April 30, 2009 is
directly related to the increase in consumer demand that we
experienced beginning in our third and fourth fiscal quarters in
2009. We have limited data by which to determine how long this
increase in consumer demand will last. Orders received that have
not yet shipped could be cancelled if demand were to suddenly
decrease. Therefore, the backlog may not be indicative of future
sales.
Executive
Officers
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our
executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Michael F. Golden
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
William F. Spengler
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
|
Leland A. Nichols
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing
|
Kenneth W. Chandler
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Vice President Operations
|
Ann B. Makkiya
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Vice President, Secretary, and Corporate Counsel
|
Michael F. Golden has served as the President and Chief
Executive Officer and a director of our company since December
2004. Mr. Golden was employed in various executive
positions with the Kohler Company from February 2002 until
joining our company, with his most recent position being the
President of its Cabinetry Division. Mr. Golden was the
President of Sales for the Industrial/Construction Group of the
Stanley Works Company from 1999 until 2002; Vice President of
Sales for Kohlers North American Plumbing Group from 1996
until 1998; and Vice President Sales and Marketing
for a division of The Black & Decker Corporation where
he was employed from 1981 until 1996.
William F. Spengler has served as Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of our company
since July 2008. Mr. Spengler was Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of MGI PHARMA, Inc. from August 2006
until January 2008 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer from April 2006 to August 2006. Mr. Spengler was
Senior Vice President, International & Corporate
Development of MGI PHARMA from October 2005 to April 2006. From
July 2004 to October 2005, Mr. Spengler was Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Guilford
Pharmaceuticals Inc. prior to its acquisition by MGI PHARMA in
October 2005. From May 2002 to June 2004, Mr. Spengler was
President, Chief Operating Officer, and a director of
Osteoimplant Technology, Inc.
Leland A. Nichols has served as Senior Vice President of
Sales and Marketing of our company since September 2008.
Mr. Nichols served as Vice President Sales of
our company from January 2005 until September 2008.
Mr. Nichols also has served as the President and Chief
Operating Officer of our subsidiary, Smith & Wesson
Corp., from April 2006 until September 2008. Mr. Nichols
was Executive Vice President of the Cabinetry Division of the
Kohler Company from July 2002 until joining our company.
Mr. Nichols held various executive positions with the
Stanley Works from April 1998 until June 2002, including
President of its Hardware Division. Mr. Nichols spent the
previous 14 years with The Black & Decker
Corporation, including positions in sales, marketing, product
management, and general management in the United States and Asia.
13
Kenneth W. Chandler has served as Vice
President Operations of our company since November
2004. Mr. Chandler was Vice President
Operations Automotive Division of Torrington Bearing
Company, formerly a subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand and now a
subsidiary of the Timkin Company, from 2001 until joining our
company.
Ann B. Makkiya has served as Vice President of our
company since April 2009 and Secretary and Corporate Counsel of
our company since February 2004. Ms. Makkiya served as
Corporate Counsel of our wholly owned subsidiary,
Smith & Wesson Corp., from December 2001 until
February 2004. Ms. Makkiya was associated with the law firm
of Bulkley, Richardson and Gelinas, LLP from 1998 to 2001.
Our
performance is being influenced by a variety of general economic
and political factors.
The domestic consumer firearm market experienced a decline in
demand beginning during our second fiscal quarter ended
October 31, 2007. This period was marked by an escalation
of the subprime loan crisis, a tightening in the credit markets,
the continued worsening of the housing market, increasing fuel
prices, less than robust employment growth, and generally weak
economic conditions. These factors contributed to a general
slowdown of consumer spending across a wide variety of industry
and product lines, and against this environment, unseasonably
warm weather throughout most of the United States adversely
affected the retail traffic in the sporting goods channel. At
the same time, significant distribution channel purchases in
anticipation of a strong hunting season resulted in excess
inventory levels, which limited the ability of the distribution
channel to purchase additional products. We cannot predict when
or if economic conditions will improve.
Despite the continuing weakness of the overall economy, we began
to experience strong consumer demand for our handguns and
tactical rifle products beginning in our third fiscal quarter
ended January 31, 2009 with net product sales increasing
25.9% for the quarter and order backlog increasing by more than
$95 million over the comparable quarter in the previous
year and $102 million over the prior sequential quarter.
For the period ended April 30, 2009, our backlog grew an
additional $145 million to $268 million. This period
was marked by a new administration taking office in
Washington, D.C., speculation surrounding increased gun
control, and heightened fears of terrorism and crime. We are
unable to assess whether or for how long the recent and
significant increase in consumer demand will last or whether the
orders constituting our backlog will be cancelled if consumer
demand decreases. Changes in the factors that are contributing
to the very strong consumer demand for our handgun and tactical
rifle products, particularly in an overall weak economic
environment, may adversely affect our operating results.
The
weakness of demand for our hunting products is adversely
affecting our overall results.
We have been experiencing a significant decline for our hunting
products, including bolt-action hunting rifles, interchangeable
system rifles and
fixed-barrel
black powder firearms, and related parts and accessories.
Hunting firearm sales declined by more than 33% for the fiscal
year ended April 30, 2009, and we recorded an impairment
charge relating to our hunting business of $98.2 million,
less related deferred tax liabilities of $21.8 million,
resulting in a $76.5 million adverse impact to after-tax
profits. Among other things, we attribute the weakness in our
hunting products to the severe weakness in the economy,
unseasonably warm weather, excess levels of hunting product
inventory in the sporting goods distribution channel, and the
premium nature of the hunting products we offer. We have taken a
number of actions to address the weak demand for our hunting
products and to reduce the losses we have been incurring,
including the introduction of lower price-point products in an
effort to reach a larger segment of the market, moving from a
direct sales force to a manufacturers representative
model, and instituting cost-cutting initiatives and workforce
reductions.
We cannot predict whether the measures we have taken will
increase the demand for our hunting products or reduce or
eliminate the losses being incurred in this portion of our
business. We may be required to consider the disposal of all or
portions of our hunting business if we are unable to return it
to profitability.
14
We remain
dependent on the sale of our firearm products in the sporting
goods distribution channel.
We manufacture a wide array of pistols, revolvers, tactical
rifles, hunting rifles, black powder firearms, handcuffs, and
firearm-related products and accessories for sale to a wide
variety of customers, including gun enthusiasts, collectors,
hunters, sportsmen, competitive shooters, protection focused
individuals, law enforcement agencies and officers, and military
agencies in the United States and throughout the world. We have
made substantial efforts during the last several years to
increase our sales to law enforcement and military agencies in
the United States and throughout the world. Our efforts to
increase sales to law enforcement agencies have been successful
to date with over 500 agencies in the United States and almost
50 agencies abroad selecting or approving for carry our M&P
pistols. We have not, however, yet secured any major contracts
to supply any large domestic military agencies. Although we
believe that we now are able to offer a broad array of
competitive products to the military, we cannot predict whether
or when we will be able to secure any major military supply
contracts. As a result, approximately 84% of our net sales
remain in the sporting goods distribution channel.
Our
objective of becoming a global leader in the business of safety,
security, protection, and sport may not be successful.
Our objective of becoming a global leader in the business of
safety, security, protection, and sport may not be successful.
This objective was designed to enable us to diversify our
business and to reduce our traditional dependence on handguns in
general, and revolvers in particular, in the sporting goods
distribution market. While we have been successful in
substantially expanding our pistol business in multiple markets
and in entering the long gun market with tactical rifles and
hunting rifles, we have not yet achieved our broader objectives.
Pursuing our strategy to achieve our objective beyond firearms
may require us to hire additional managerial, manufacturing,
marketing, and sales employees; to introduce new products and
services; to purchase additional machinery and equipment; to
expand our distribution channels; to expand our customer base to
include a leadership position in sales to law enforcement
agencies and the military; and to engage in strategic alliances
and acquisitions. We may not be able to attract and retain the
additional employees we require, to introduce new products that
attain significant market share, to increase our law enforcement
and military business, to complete successful acquisitions or
strategic alliances, or to penetrate successfully other safety,
security, protection, and sport markets.
From time
to time, we have been capacity constrained.
From time to time, we have been capacity constrained and have
been unable to satisfy on a timely basis the demand for our
products. Capacity constraints remain despite our achieving
significant improvements in our production as a result of the
introduction of enhanced production methods and the purchase of
additional machinery. During the last several years, we have
enhanced our manufacturing productivity in terms of added
capacity, increased daily production quantities, increased
operational availability of equipment, reduced machinery down
time, extended machinery useful life, and increased
manufacturing efficiency. The continuation of the recent very
strong consumer demand for our products or increased business
from law enforcement or military agencies will require us to
expand further our manufacturing capacity, particularly through
the purchase of additional manufacturing equipment. We may not
be able to increase our capacity in time to satisfy increases in
demand that may occur from time to time and may not have
adequate financial resources to increase capacity to meet
demand. We may suffer excess capacity and increased overhead if
we increase our capacity to meet demand and that demand
decreases.
We may be
unsuccessful in achieving our goals to increase revenue,
increase gross margins, or reduce operating expense
ratios.
We may be unsuccessful in achieving our goals to increase
revenue, increase gross margins, or reduce operating expense
ratios. Our ability to achieve these goals could result from a
variety of factors, including our inability to introduce new
products with significant customer appeal, pressures on the
selling prices of our products, increases in required capital
expenditures, and increases in the costs of labor and materials.
15
The sale
of our licensed products depends on the goodwill associated with
our name and our brand and the success of our
licensees.
Our licensed products and non-firearm products displayed in our
catalogs and sold by us or our licensees compete based on the
goodwill associated with our name and brand and the success of
our licensees. A decline in the perceived quality of our firearm
products, a failure to design our products to meet consumer
preferences, or other circumstances adversely affecting our
reputation could significantly damage our ability to sell or
license those products. Our licensed products compete with
numerous other licensed and non-licensed products outside the
firearm market.
Our
ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors,
both within and outside our control.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of
factors, both within and outside our control. These factors
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our success in designing and introducing new products;
|
|
|
|
our ability to predict the evolving requirements and desires of
our customers;
|
|
|
|
the quality of our customer services;
|
|
|
|
product introductions by our competitors; and
|
|
|
|
foreign labor costs and currency fluctuations, which may cause a
foreign competitors products to be priced significantly
lower than our products.
|
Potential
strategic alliances may not achieve their objectives, and the
failure to do so could impede our growth.
We anticipate that we will enter into strategic alliances. We
continually explore strategic alliances designed to expand our
product offerings, enter new markets, and improve our
distribution channels. Any strategic alliances may not achieve
their intended objectives, and parties to our strategic
alliances may not perform as contemplated. The failure of these
alliances may impede our ability to introduce new products and
enter new markets.
The
successful execution of our strategy will depend in part on our
ability to make successful acquisitions.
As part of our business strategy, we plan to expand our
operations through strategic acquisitions in order to enhance
existing products and offer new products, enter new markets and
businesses, and enhance our current markets and business Our
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms in January 2007 is the only
acquisition that we have completed to date. Our acquisition
strategy involves significant risks. We cannot accurately
predict the timing, size, and success of our acquisition
efforts. We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition
candidates or to complete the acquisitions of candidates that we
identify. Increased competition for acquisition candidates or
increased asking prices by acquisition candidates may increase
purchase prices for acquisitions to levels beyond our financial
capability or to levels that would not result in the returns
required by our acquisition criteria. Acquisitions also may
become more difficult in the future as we or others acquire the
most attractive candidates. Unforeseen expenses, difficulties,
and delays frequently encountered in connection with rapid
expansion through acquisitions could inhibit our growth and
negatively impact our operating results.
Our ability to grow through acquisitions will depend upon
various factors, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the availability of suitable acquisition candidates at
attractive purchase prices;
|
|
|
|
the ability to compete effectively for available acquisition
opportunities;
|
|
|
|
the availability of cash resources, borrowing capacity, or stock
at favorable price levels to provide required purchase prices in
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention to acquisition
efforts; and
|
|
|
|
the ability to obtain any requisite governmental or other
approvals.
|
16
As a part of our acquisition strategy, we frequently engage in
discussions with various companies regarding their potential
acquisition by us. In connection with these discussions, we and
each potential acquisition candidate exchange confidential
operational and financial information, conduct due diligence
inquiries, and consider the structure, terms, and conditions of
the potential acquisition. In certain cases, the prospective
acquisition candidate agrees not to discuss a potential
acquisition with any other party for a specific period of time
and agrees to take other actions designed to enhance the
possibility of the acquisition, such as preparing audited
financial information. Potential acquisition discussions
frequently take place over a long period of time and involve
difficult business integration and other issues. As a result of
these and other factors, a number of potential acquisitions that
from time to time appear likely to occur do not result in
binding legal agreements and are not consummated.
Unforeseen expenses, difficulties, and delays frequently
encountered in connection with rapid expansion through
acquisitions could inhibit our growth and negatively impact our
profitability. In addition, the size, timing, and success of any
future acquisitions may cause substantial fluctuations in our
operating results from quarter to quarter. Consequently, our
operating results for any quarter may not be indicative of the
results that may be achieved for any subsequent quarter or for a
full fiscal year. These fluctuations could adversely affect the
market price of our common stock.
Any
acquisitions that we undertake in the future could be difficult
to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value,
and harm our operating results.
In order to pursue a successful acquisition strategy, we may
need to integrate the operations of acquired businesses into our
operations, including centralizing certain functions to achieve
cost savings and pursuing programs and processes that leverage
our revenue and growth opportunities. The integration of the
management, operations, and facilities of acquired businesses
with our own could involve difficulties, which could adversely
affect our growth rate and operating results.
Our experience in acquiring other businesses is limited. We may
be unable to complete effectively an integration of the
management, operations, facilities, and accounting and
information systems of acquired businesses with our own; to
manage efficiently the combined operations of the acquired
businesses with our operations; to achieve our operating,
growth, and performance goals for acquired businesses; to
achieve additional revenue as a result of our expanded
operations; or to achieve operating efficiencies or otherwise
realize cost savings as a result of anticipated acquisition
synergies. The integration of acquired businesses involves
numerous risks, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the potential disruption of our core businesses;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with entering markets and businesses in which
we have little or no prior experience;
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention from our core
businesses;
|
|
|
|
adverse effects on existing business relationships with
suppliers and customers;
|
|
|
|
failure to retain key customers, suppliers, or personnel of
acquired businesses;
|
|
|
|
the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls
and reporting systems and procedures;
|
|
|
|
greater than anticipated costs and expenses related to the
integration of the acquired business with our business;
|
|
|
|
potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquired
company;
|
|
|
|
meeting the challenges inherent in effectively managing an
increased number of employees in diverse locations;
|
|
|
|
failure of acquired businesses to achieve expected
results; and
|
|
|
|
creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies, and
information systems.
|
We may not be successful in overcoming problems encountered in
connection with any acquisitions, and our inability to do so
could disrupt our operations and reduce our profitability.
17
Our
growth strategy may require significant additional funds, the
amount of which will depend upon the size, timing, and structure
of future acquisitions and our working capital and general
corporate needs.
Any borrowings made to finance future acquisitions or for
operations could make us more vulnerable to a downturn in our
operating results, a downturn in economic conditions, or
increases in interest rates on borrowings. If our cash flow from
operations is insufficient to meet our debt service
requirements, we could be required to sell additional equity
securities, refinance our obligations, or dispose of assets in
order to meet our debt service requirements. Adequate financing
may not be available if and when we need it or may not be
available on terms acceptable to us. The failure to obtain
sufficient financing on favorable terms and conditions could
have a material adverse effect on our growth prospects and our
business, financial condition, and operating results.
If we finance any future acquisitions in whole or in part
through the issuance of common stock or securities convertible
into or exercisable for common stock, existing stockholders will
experience dilution in the voting power of their common stock
and earnings per share could be negatively impacted. The extent
to which we will be able or willing to use our common stock for
acquisitions will depend on the market price of our common stock
from time to time and the willingness of potential sellers to
accept our common stock as full or partial consideration for the
sale of their businesses. Our inability to use our common stock
as consideration, to generate cash from operations, or to obtain
additional funding through debt or equity financings in order to
pursue our acquisition program could materially limit our growth.
The
failure to manage our growth could adversely affect our
operations.
To remain competitive, we must make significant investments in
systems, equipment, and facilities. In addition, we may commit
significant funds to enhance our sales, marketing, and licensing
efforts in order to expand our business. As a result of the
increase in fixed costs and operating expenses, our failure to
increase sufficiently our net sales to offset these increased
costs would adversely affect our operating results.
The failure to manage our growth effectively could adversely
affect our operations. We have substantially increased the
number of our manufacturing and design programs and plan to
expand further the number and diversity of our programs in the
future. Our ability to manage our planned growth effectively
will require us to
|
|
|
|
|
enhance our operational, financial, and management systems;
|
|
|
|
enhance our facilities and expand our equipment; and
|
|
|
|
successfully hire, train, and motivate additional employees,
including additional personnel for our sales, marketing, and
licensing efforts.
|
The expansion and diversification of our products and customer
base may result in increases in our overhead and selling
expenses. We also may be required to increase staffing and other
expenses as well as our expenditures on capital equipment and
leasehold improvements in order to meet the demand for our
products. Any increase in expenditures in anticipation of future
sales that do not materialize would adversely affect our
profitability.
From time to time, we may seek additional equity or debt
financing to provide funds for the expansion of our business. We
cannot predict the timing or amount of any such financing
requirements at this time. If such financing is not available on
satisfactory terms, we may be unable to expand our business or
to develop new business at the rate desired and our operating
results may suffer. Debt financing increases expenses and must
be repaid regardless of operating results. Equity financing
could result in additional dilution to existing stockholders.
Our
inability to protect our intellectual property or obtain the
right to use intellectual property from third parties could
impair our competitive advantage, reduce our revenue, and
increase our costs.
Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability
to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination
of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks,
confidentiality agreements, and other contractual provisions to
protect our intellectual property, but these measures may
provide only limited protection. Our failure to enforce and
protect our intellectual property rights or obtain the right to
use necessary intellectual property from third parties could
reduce our sales and increase our costs. In addition, the laws
of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights as
fully as do the laws of the United States.
18
Patents may not be issued for the patent applications that we
have filed or may file in the future. Our issued patents may be
challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, and claims of our
patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength, or issued in
the proper geographic regions, to provide meaningful protection
or any commercial advantage. We have registered certain of our
trademarks in the United States and other countries. We may be
unable to enforce existing or obtain new registrations of
principle or other trademarks in key markets. Failure to obtain
or enforce such registrations could compromise our ability to
protect fully our trademarks and brands and could increase the
risk of challenges from third parties to our use of our
trademarks and brands.
In the past, we did not consistently require our employees and
consultants to enter into confidentiality agreements, employment
agreements, or proprietary information and invention agreements;
however, such agreements are now required. Therefore, our former
employees and consultants may try to claim some ownership
interest in our intellectual property and may use our
intellectual property competitively and without appropriate
limitations.
We may
incur substantial expenses and devote management resources in
prosecuting others for their unauthorized use of our
intellectual property rights.
We may become involved in litigation regarding patents and other
intellectual property rights. Other companies, including our
competitors, may develop intellectual property that is similar
or superior to our intellectual property, duplicate our
intellectual property, or design around our patents and may have
or obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would
prevent, limit, or interfere with our ability to make, use, or
sell our products. Effective intellectual property protection
may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries in which
we sell products or from which competing products may be sold.
Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use
aspects of our intellectual property and products that we regard
as proprietary. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights
in the United States or abroad may prove to be inadequate and
competitors may be able to independently develop similar
intellectual property. If our intellectual property protection
is insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights, we
could face increased competition in the markets for our products.
Should any of our competitors file patent applications or obtain
patents that claim inventions also claimed by us, we may choose
to participate in an interference proceeding to determine the
right to a patent for these inventions because our business
would be harmed if we fail to enforce and protect our
intellectual property rights. Even if the outcome is favorable,
this proceeding could result in substantial cost to us and
disrupt our business.
In the future, we also may need to file lawsuits to enforce our
intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or
to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of
others. This litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful,
could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, and operating results.
We face
risks associated with international currency exchange.
While we transact business predominantly in U.S. dollars
and bill and collect most of our sales in U.S. dollars, a
portion of our revenue results from goods that are purchased, in
whole or in part, from a European supplier, in euros, thereby
exposing us to some foreign exchange fluctuations. In the
future, more customers or suppliers may make or require payments
in
non-U.S. currencies,
such as the euro.
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could affect the
sale of our products or the cost of goods and operating margins
and could result in exchange losses. In addition, currency
devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of
that currency. Hedging foreign currencies can be difficult,
especially if the currency is not freely traded. We cannot
predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our
operating results.
We do not enter into any market risk sensitive instruments for
trading purposes. Our principal market risk relates to changes
in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar.
Annually, we purchase approximately $20 million of
inventory from a European supplier. This exposes us to risk from
foreign exchange rate fluctuations. A 10% drop in the value of
the U.S. dollar in relation to the euro would, to the
extent not covered through price adjustments, reduce our gross
profit on that $20 million of inventory by approximately
$2.0 million. In an effort to
19
offset our risks from unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuations,
we periodically enter into euro participating forward options
under which we purchase euros to be used to pay the European
manufacturer.
We face
risks associated with international activities.
Political and economic conditions abroad may result in a
reduction of our foreign sales, as a result of the sale of our
products in 50 countries; our importation of firearms from
Walther, which is based in Germany; and our purchase of
ammunition magazines from Mec-Gar in Italy. Protectionist trade
legislation in either the United States or foreign countries,
such as a change in the current tariff structures, export or
import compliance laws, or other trade policies, could reduce
our ability to sell our products in foreign markets, the ability
of foreign customers to purchase our products, and our ability
to import firearms and parts from Walther and other foreign
suppliers.
Our foreign sales of handguns and our importation of handguns
from Walther create a number of logistical and communications
challenges. These activities also expose us to various economic,
political, and other risks, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
compliance with local laws and regulatory requirements as well
as changes in those laws and requirements;
|
|
|
|
transportation delays or interruptions and other effects of less
developed infrastructures;
|
|
|
|
foreign exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
limitations on imports and exports;
|
|
|
|
imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the
transfer of funds;
|
|
|
|
the possibility of appropriation of our assets without just
compensation;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign personnel and
diverse cultures;
|
|
|
|
overlap of tax issues;
|
|
|
|
tariffs and duties;
|
|
|
|
possible employee turnover or labor unrest;
|
|
|
|
the burdens and costs of compliance with a variety of foreign
laws; and
|
|
|
|
political or economic instability in countries in which we
conduct business, including possible terrorist acts.
|
Changes in policies by the United States or foreign governments
resulting in, among other things, increased duties, higher
taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on the
transfer or repatriation of funds, or limitations on imports or
exports also could have a material adverse effect on us. Any
actions by foreign countries to reverse policies that encourage
foreign trade also could adversely affect our operating results.
In addition, U.S. trade policies, such as most
favored nation status and trade preferences, could affect
the attractiveness of our products to our U.S. customers.
We are
subject to extensive regulation.
Our business, as well as the business of all producers and
marketers of firearms and firearm parts, is subject to numerous
federal, state, and local laws and governmental regulations and
protocols, including the National Firearms Act and the Gun
Control Act of 1968. These laws generally prohibit the private
ownership of fully automatic weapons and place certain
restrictions on the interstate sale of firearms unless certain
licenses are obtained. We manufacture fully automatic weapons
for the law enforcement and military markets, and hold all
necessary licenses under these federal laws. From time to time,
congressional committees consider proposed bills and various
states enact laws relating to the regulation of firearms. These
proposed bills and enacted state laws generally seek either to
restrict or ban the sale and, in some cases, the ownership of
various types of firearms. We believe we are in compliance with
all such laws applicable to us and hold all necessary licenses.
The regulation of firearms could become more restrictive in the
future and any such restriction would harm our business.
20
We are
currently involved in numerous lawsuits.
We are currently defending a lawsuit brought by the City of
Gary, Indiana against us and numerous other manufacturers and
distributors arising out of the design, manufacture, marketing,
and distribution of handguns. The city seeks to recover
substantial damages, as well as various types of injunctive
relief that, if granted, could affect the future design,
manufacture, marketing, and distribution of handguns by the
defendant manufacturers and distributors. We believe that the
various allegations are unfounded and, in addition, that any
accidents and any results from them were due to negligence or
misuse of the firearm by a third party and that there should be
no recovery against us.
We, our Chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer, and
our former Chief Financial Officer were named in three similar
purported securities class action lawsuits. The complaints in
these actions, which have been consolidated into one action,
were brought individually and on behalf of all persons who
purchased securities of our company between June 15, 2007
and December 6, 2007. The plaintiffs seek unspecified
damages for alleged violations of Section 10(b) and
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The Court, on our
motion, dismissed our Chairman of the Board from the litigation
in March 2009.
We are also involved in a purported stockholder derivative
lawsuit brought in the U.S. District Court for the District
of Nevada. The action was brought by a plaintiff on behalf of
our company against certain of our officers and directors. The
complaint seeks to assert state law claims, including alleged
breach of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate assets, and
unjust enrichment arising from our earnings guidance in June
2007 and September 2007, our reduction of earnings guidance in
October 2007 and December 2007, our decision in January 2008 to
suspend further guidance and not confirm prior guidance until
certain market conditions settled, and certain sales of our
stock. The putative plaintiffs seek unspecified damages on
behalf of our company from the individual defendants.
We intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these lawsuits.
There can be no assurance, however, that we will not have to pay
significant damages or amounts in settlement above insurance
coverage. An unfavorable outcome or prolonged litigation could
harm our business. Litigation of this nature also is expensive
and time consuming and diverts the time and attention of our
management.
Environmental
laws and regulations may impact our business.
We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws that
regulate or otherwise relate to the protection of the
environment, including the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act,
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act, or CERCLA, and the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA.
CERCLA, RCRA, and related state laws subject us to the potential
obligation to remove or mitigate the environmental effects of
the disposal or release of certain pollutants at our
manufacturing facilities and at third-party or formerly owned
sites at which contaminants generated by us may be located. This
requires us to make expenditures of both a capital and expense
nature.
In our efforts to satisfy our environmental responsibilities and
to comply with environmental laws and regulations, we maintain
policies relating to the environmental standards of performance
for our operations and conduct programs to monitor compliance
with various environmental regulations. However, in the normal
course of our manufacturing operations, we may become subject to
governmental proceedings and orders pertaining to waste
disposal, air emissions, and water discharges into the
environment. We believe that we are generally in compliance with
applicable environmental regulations.
We may not have identified all existing contamination on our
properties, including the property associated with our
Thompson/Center Arms acquisition in January 2007, and we cannot
predict whether our operations will cause contamination in the
future. As a result, we could incur additional material costs to
clean up contamination that exceed the amount of our reserves
and escrows. We will periodically review the probable and
reasonably estimable environmental costs in order to update the
environmental reserves. Furthermore, it is not possible to
predict with certainty the impact on us of future environmental
compliance requirements or of the cost of resolution of future
environmental proceedings and claims, in part because the scope
of the remedies that may be required is not certain, liability
under federal environmental laws is joint and several in nature,
and environmental laws and regulations are
21
subject to modification and changes in interpretation.
Additional or changing environmental regulation may become
burdensome in the future, and any such development could have a
material adverse effect on us.
We
increased our leverage as a result of the sale of senior
convertible notes.
As a result of the sale in December 2006 of 4% Senior
Convertible Notes due in 2026 (senior convertible
notes), we incurred $80 million of indebtedness. As a
result of this indebtedness, our interest payment obligations
have increased. Our interest payment obligation on these notes
is $3.2 million annually. The degree to which we are now
leveraged could adversely affect our ability to obtain further
financing for working capital, acquisitions, or other purposes
and could make us more vulnerable to industry downturns and
competitive pressures. Our ability to meet our debt service
obligations will depend upon our future performance, which will
be subject to the financial, business, and other factors
affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control.
Our
indebtedness could adversely affect our business and limit our
ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business, and
we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy
significant debt service obligations.
As of April 30, 2009, our consolidated long-term
indebtedness was approximately $86.0 million. We may incur
additional indebtedness in the future, including additional
borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial
indebtedness and the fact that a substantial portion of our cash
flow from operations must be used to make principal and interest
payments on this indebtedness could have important consequences,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
reducing the availability of our cash flow for other purposes;
|
|
|
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to,
changes in our business and the industry in which we operate,
which would place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to
our competitors that may have less debt;
|
|
|
|
limiting, by the financial and other restrictive covenants in
our debt agreements, our ability to borrow additional
funds; and
|
|
|
|
having a material adverse effect on our business if we fail to
comply with the covenants in our debt agreements, because such
failure could result in an event of default that, if not cured
or waived, could result in all or a substantial amount of our
indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable.
|
Our ability to incur significant future indebtedness, whether to
finance potential acquisitions or for general corporate
purposes, will depend on our ability to generate cash. To a
certain extent, our ability to generate cash is subject to
general economic, financial, competitive, legislative,
regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If
our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from
operations or if future borrowings are not available to us under
our revolving credit facility in amounts sufficient to enable us
to fund our liquidity needs, our financial condition and results
of operations may be adversely affected. If we cannot make
scheduled principal and interest payments on our debt
obligations in the future, we may need to refinance all or a
portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets,
delay capital expenditures, or seek additional equity.
Under the
terms of the indenture governing our senior convertible notes,
we are limited in our ability to incur future indebtedness until
certain conditions are met.
Under the terms of the indenture governing our senior
convertible notes, we agreed to a limitation on the incurrence
of debt by us and our subsidiaries. Until such time as the
closing price of our common stock has exceeded 200% of the
conversion price of the notes for at least 30 trading days
during any period of 40 consecutive trading days, we may not,
directly or indirectly, incur debt in excess of designated
amounts. This limitation affects our flexibility in planning
for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in
which we operate, which would place us at a competitive
disadvantage compared to our competitors, including the ability
to finance potential
22
acquisitions. If we are unable to make additional borrowings as
a result of this limitation, our financial condition and results
of operations may be adversely affected.
We may
not have the funds necessary to repay the senior convertible
notes at maturity or purchase the notes at the option of the
noteholders or upon a fundamental change as required by the
indenture governing the notes.
At maturity, the entire outstanding principal amount of the
senior convertible notes will become due and payable by us. In
addition, on December 15, 2011, December 15, 2016, and
December 15, 2021, holders of the notes may require us to
purchase their notes for cash. Noteholders may also require us
to purchase their notes for cash upon a fundamental change as
described in the indenture governing the notes. It is possible
that we may not have sufficient funds to repay or repurchase the
notes when required. No sinking fund is provided for the notes.
Our
charter documents and Nevada law could make it more difficult
for a third party to acquire us and discourage a
takeover.
Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws
and Nevada law make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire us and make a takeover more difficult to complete, even
if such a transaction were in our stockholders interest or
might result in a premium over the market price for the shares
held by our stockholders.
Our
stockholders rights plan may adversely affect existing
stockholders.
Our stockholders rights plan may have the effect of
deterring, delaying, or preventing a change in control that
might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. In
general and subject to certain exceptions as to existing major
stockholders, stock purchase rights issued under the plan become
exercisable when a person or group acquires 15% or more of our
common stock or a tender offer or exchange offer of 15% or more
of our common stock is announced or commenced. After any such
event, our other stockholders may purchase additional shares of
our common stock at 50% of the then-current market price. The
rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that
attempts to acquire us on terms not approved by our board of
directors. The rights should not interfere with any merger or
other business combination approved by our board of directors
since the rights may be redeemed by us at $0.01 per stock
purchase right at any time before any person or group acquires
15% or more of our outstanding common stock. The rights expire
in August 2015.
The
issuance of additional common stock in the future, including
shares that we may issue pursuant to option grants, may result
in dilution in the net tangible book value per share of our
common stock.
Our board of directors has the legal power and authority to
determine the terms of an offering of shares of our capital
stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for these
shares, to the extent of our shares of authorized and unissued
capital stock.
Sale of a
substantial number of shares that are eligible for sale could
adversely affect the price of our common stock.
As of April 30, 2009, there were 47,767,938 shares of
our common stock outstanding. Substantially all of these shares
are freely tradable without restriction or further registration
under the securities laws, unless held by an
affiliate of our company, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the securities laws. Shares held by
affiliates of our company, which generally include our
directors, officers, and certain principal stockholders, are
subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 described
below.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any
person or persons whose shares are aggregated for purposes of
Rule 144, who is deemed an affiliate of our company and
beneficially owns restricted securities with respect to which at
least six months has elapsed since the later of the date the
shares were acquired from us, or from an affiliate of ours, is
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then
outstanding shares of our common stock and the average weekly
trading volume in common stock during the four calendar weeks
preceding such sale. Sales by affiliates under Rule 144
also are subject to certain
manner-of-sale
provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of
current public
23
information about us. Rule 701, as currently in effect,
permits our employees, officers, directors, and consultants who
purchase shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or
contract to resell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144,
but without compliance with specific restrictions. Rule 701
provides that affiliates may sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirement and that non-affiliates may
sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period, public information, volume limitation,
or notice provisions of Rule 144. A person who is not an
affiliate, who has not been an affiliate within three months
prior to sale, and who beneficially owns restricted securities
with respect to which at least one year has elapsed since the
later of the date the shares were acquired from us, or from an
affiliate of ours, is entitled to sell such shares under
Rule 144 without regard to any of the volume limitations or
other requirements described above. Sales of substantial amounts
of common stock in the public market could adversely affect
prevailing market prices.
As of April 30, 2009, we had outstanding options to
purchase 2,428,263 shares of common stock under our stock
option plans and other option agreements and 346,944 undelivered
restricted stock units under our stock option plans, and we had
issued 1,264,323 of the 10,000,000 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan. As
of April 30, 2009, we also had outstanding warrants to
purchase 70,000 shares of common stock. We have registered
for offer and sale the shares of common stock that are reserved
for issuance pursuant to our stock option plans and available
for issuance pursuant to the employee stock purchase plan as
well as the shares underlying the warrants. Shares covered by
such registration statements upon the exercise of stock options
or warrants or pursuant to the employee stock purchase plan
generally will be eligible for sale in the public market, except
that affiliates will continue to be subject to volume
limitations and other requirements of Rule 144. The
issuance or sale of such shares could depress the market price
of our common stock.
If
holders of our senior convertible notes elect to convert their
notes and sell material amounts of our common stock in the
market, such sales could cause the price of our common stock to
decline, and such downward pressure on the price of our common
stock may encourage short selling of our common stock by holders
of our senior convertible notes or others.
The conversion of some or all of our senior convertible notes
will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. To
the extent that holders of our senior convertible notes elect to
convert the notes into shares of our common stock and sell
material amounts of those shares in the market, our stock price
may decrease as a result of the additional amount of shares
available on the market. The subsequent sales of these shares
could encourage short sales by holders of senior convertible
notes and others, placing further downward pressure on our stock
price.
If there is significant downward pressure on the price of our
common stock, it may encourage holders of senior convertible
notes or others to sell shares by means of short sales to the
extent permitted under the U.S. securities laws. Short
sales involve the sale by a holder of notes, usually with a
future delivery date, of common stock the seller does not own.
Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than
the number of shares subject to the short sellers right to
acquire common stock, such as upon conversion of notes. A holder
of notes may close out any covered short position by converting
its notes or purchasing shares in the open market. In
determining the source of shares to close out the covered short
position, a holder of notes will likely consider, among other
things, the price of common stock available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the conversion price of the notes.
The existence of a significant number of short sales generally
causes the price of common stock to decline, in part because it
indicates that a number of market participants are taking a
position that will be profitable only if the price of the common
stock declines.
We may
issue securities that could dilute your ownership and the net
tangible book value per share of our common stock.
We may decide to raise additional funds through public or
private debt or equity financing to fund our operations. If we
raise funds by issuing equity securities, the percentage
ownership of our current stockholders will be reduced and the
new equity securities may have rights superior to those of our
common stock. We may not obtain sufficient financing on terms
that are favorable to us. We may delay, limit, or eliminate some
or all of our proposed operations if adequate funds are not
available. We may also issue equity securities as consideration
for acquisitions we may make. The issuance of additional common
stock in the future, including shares that we may issue pursuant
to option grants, may result in dilution in the net tangible
book value per share of our common stock.
24
Our
Springfield, Massachusetts facility is critical to our
success.
Our Springfield, Massachusetts facility is critical to our
success, as we currently produce the majority of our handguns
and tactical rifles at this facility. The facility also houses
our principal research, development, engineering, design,
shipping, sales, finance, and management functions. Any event
that causes a disruption of the operation of this facility for
even a relatively short period of time would adversely affect
our ability to produce and ship our products and to provide
service to our customers. We frequently make certain changes in
our manufacturing operations and modernize our equipment as a
result of the age of the facility and certain inefficient
manufacturing processes in order to produce our anticipated
volume of products in a more efficient and cost-efficient
manner. We may not be successful in attaining increased
production efficiencies.
We may
incur higher employee medical costs in the future.
We are self-insured for our employee medical plan. The average
age of our workforce is 47 years. Approximately 15% of our
employees are age 60 or over. While our medical costs in
recent years have generally increased at the same level as the
regional average, the age of our workforce could result in
higher than anticipated medical claims, resulting in an increase
in our costs beyond what we have experienced. We do have stop
loss coverage in place for catastrophic events, but the
aggregate impact may have an effect on our profitability.
Insurance
is expensive and difficult to obtain.
Insurance coverage for firearm companies, including our company,
is expensive and from time to time relatively difficult to
obtain. Our insurance costs were approximately $6.5 million
for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009. An inability to
obtain insurance, significant increases in the cost of insurance
we obtain, or losses in excess of our insurance coverage would
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and operating results.
Our
business is seasonal.
Historically, our fiscal quarter ending July 31 had been our
weakest quarter, primarily as a result of customers pursuing
other sporting activities outdoors with the arrival of more
temperate weather and the reduced disposable income of our
customers after using their tax refunds for purchases in March
and April, historically our strongest months. As a result of our
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms, the degree to which summer
seasonality impacts our business may lessen because the hunting
industry generally prepares for the hunting season well in
advance of cooler temperatures. We now expect that our fiscal
quarter ending January 31 will be our weakest quarter, as sales
associated with hunting sharply decline as the season winds
down. This decline in net sales may result in decreases in our
stock price during the late fall and early winter months.
We face
intense competition that could result in our losing or failing
to gain market share and suffering reduced revenue.
We operate in intensely competitive markets that are
characterized by competition from major domestic and
international companies. This intense competition could result
in pricing pressures, lower sales, reduced margins, and lower
market share. Any movement away from high-quality, domestic
handguns to lower priced or comparable foreign alternatives
would adversely affect our business. Some of our competitors
have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, and
other resources and, in certain cases, may have lower cost
structures than we possess and that may afford them competitive
advantages. As a result, they may be able to devote greater
resources to the promotion and sale of products, to negotiate
lower prices on raw materials and components, to deliver
competitive products at lower prices, and to introduce new
products and respond to customer requirements more effectively
and quickly than we can.
Competition is primarily based on quality of products, product
innovation, price, consumer brand awareness, and customer
service and support. Product image, quality, and innovation are
the dominant competitive factors in the firearm industry.
25
Shortages
of components and materials may delay or reduce our sales and
increase our costs, thereby harming our operating
results.
The inability to obtain sufficient quantities of raw materials,
components, and other supplies from independent sources
necessary for the production of our products could result in
reduced or delayed sales or lost orders. Any delay in or loss of
sales could adversely impact our operating results. Many of the
materials used in the production of our products are available
only from a limited number of suppliers. In most cases, we do
not have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers. As a
result, we could be subject to increased costs, supply
interruptions, and difficulties in obtaining materials. Our
suppliers also may encounter difficulties or increased costs in
obtaining the materials necessary to produce their products that
we use in our products. The time lost in seeking and acquiring
new sources could hurt our net sales and profitability.
Shortages of ammunition also can adversely affect the demand for
our products.
Our
operating results may involve significant
fluctuations.
Various factors contribute to significant periodic and seasonal
fluctuations in our results of operations. These factors include
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the volume of customer orders relative to our capacity;
|
|
|
|
the success of product introductions and market acceptance of
new products by us and our competitors;
|
|
|
|
timing of expenditures in anticipation of future customer orders;
|
|
|
|
effectiveness in managing manufacturing processes and costs;
|
|
|
|
changes in cost and availability of labor and components;
|
|
|
|
ability to manage inventory and inventory obsolescence;
|
|
|
|
pricing and other competitive pressures; and
|
|
|
|
changes or anticipated changes in economic conditions.
|
Accordingly, you should not rely on the results of any period as
an indication of our future performance. If our operating
results fall below expectations of securities analysts or
investors, our stock price may decline.
The
market price of our common stock could be subject to wide
fluctuations as a result of many factors.
Many factors could affect the trading price of our common stock,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
variations in our operating results;
|
|
|
|
the relatively small public float of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
introductions of new products by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
the success of our distributors;
|
|
|
|
changes in the estimates of our operating performance or changes
in recommendations by any securities analysts that follow our
stock;
|
|
|
|
general economic, political, and market conditions;
|
|
|
|
governmental policies and regulations;
|
|
|
|
the performance of the firearm industry in general; and
|
|
|
|
factors relating to suppliers and competitors.
|
In addition, market demand for small-capitalization stocks, and
price and volume fluctuations in the stock market unrelated to
our performance, could result in significant fluctuations in
market price of our common stock. The performance of our common
stock could adversely affect our ability to raise equity in the
public markets and adversely affect the growth of our business.
26
We do not
pay cash dividends.
We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Moreover, financial covenants under certain of our
credit facilities, as well as under the indenture covering our
senior convertible notes, restrict our ability to pay dividends.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
Not applicable.
We own three manufacturing facilities. Our principal facility is
an approximately 530,323 square-foot plant located in
Springfield, Massachusetts. We also own a
38,115 square-foot plant in Houlton, Maine, and a
160,000 square-foot plant in Rochester, New Hampshire. The
Springfield facility is primarily used to manufacture our
handguns and rifles; the Houlton facility is primarily used to
manufacture handcuffs, restraints, .22 caliber pistols, and the
Walther PPK; and the New Hampshire facility is used primarily to
produce black powder firearms, interchangeable firearm systems,
and long gun barrels. We believe that each facility is in good
condition and capable of producing products at current and
projected levels of demand except in the case of certain
recently introduced popular products. In addition, we own a
56,869 square-foot facility in Springfield, Massachusetts,
that we use for the Smith & Wesson Academy, a
state-accredited firearm training institution, a public shooting
facility, and a retail store; and a 6,000 square-foot
retail facility in Rochester, New Hampshire.
We lease approximately 2,800 square feet of office space in
Scottsdale, Arizona, which houses our investor relations
department as well as offices for our board of directors. The
lease expires on December 31, 2010. In February 2008, we
sublet a portion of this office space to a company affiliated
with one member of our board of directors.
We believe that all our facilities are adequate for present
requirements and that our current equipment is in good condition
and are suitable for the operations involved.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
The nature of the legal proceedings against us is discussed in
Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements,
commencing on
page F-1
of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
Not Applicable.
27
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
From November 29, 2002 until July 19, 2006, our common
stock traded on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol
SWB. Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq
Global Select Market under the symbol SWHC since
July 20, 2006. The following table sets forth the high and
low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter in our
fiscal years ended on April 30 indicated as reported on the
American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, as
applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
9.10
|
|
|
$
|
5.90
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
14.85
|
|
|
$
|
8.00
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
14.40
|
|
|
$
|
9.61
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
15.45
|
|
|
$
|
10.99
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
19.20
|
|
|
$
|
12.04
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
22.80
|
|
|
$
|
11.98
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
12.77
|
|
|
$
|
3.72
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
7.77
|
|
|
$
|
4.28
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
7.48
|
|
|
$
|
4.08
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
7.29
|
|
|
$
|
1.67
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
7.50
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
On June 29, 2009, the last reported sale price of our
common stock was $5.53 per share. On June 29, 2009, there
were approximately 667 record holders of our common stock.
Dividend
Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our preferred
stock or our common stock. We currently plan to retain any
earnings to finance the growth of our business rather than to
pay cash dividends. Payments of any cash dividends in the future
will depend on our financial condition, results of operations,
and capital requirements as well as other factors deemed
relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our credit
facilities, as well as the indenture covering our senior
convertible notes, restrict our ability to pay dividends.
28
Performance
Graph
The following line graph compares cumulative total stockholder
returns for the five years ended April 30, 2009 for
(i) our common stock; (ii) the S&P SmallCap 600
Index; (iii) Sturm, Ruger & Company, Inc., which
is the most direct comparable (Peer Group (2) on the graph
below); and (iv) a peer group consisting of Sturm,
Ruger & Company, Inc.; Point Blank Solutions, Inc.;
Ceradyne, Inc.; and Mace Security International, Inc. (Peer
Group (1) on the graph below). The graph assumes an
investment of $100 on April 30, 2004. The calculations of
cumulative stockholder return on the S&P SmallCap 600 and
the peer groups include reinvestment of dividends, but the
calculation of cumulative stockholder return on our common stock
does not include reinvestment of dividends because we did not
pay any dividends during the measurement period. The performance
shown is not necessarily indicative of future performance.
COMPARISON
OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation, The S&P
Smallcap 600 Index,
And Two Peer Groups
|
|
|
* |
|
$100 invested on April 30, 2004 in stock or
index including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal
year ending April 30. |
The performance graph above shall not be deemed
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that
section. The performance graph above will not be deemed
incorporated by reference into any filing of our company under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
Repurchases
of Common Stock
We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during
fiscal 2009.
29
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The selected financial data presented below is derived from our
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and
should be read in connection with those statements and the
related notes thereto and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net product and services sales
|
|
$
|
334,955
|
|
|
$
|
295,910
|
|
|
$
|
236,552
|
|
|
$
|
160,049
|
|
|
$
|
125,788
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
237,167
|
|
|
|
203,535
|
|
|
|
160,214
|
|
|
|
110,442
|
|
|
|
84,900
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
97,788
|
|
|
|
92,375
|
|
|
|
76,338
|
|
|
|
49,607
|
|
|
|
40,888
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
170,510
|
|
|
|
68,235
|
|
|
|
51,910
|
|
|
|
35,063
|
|
|
|
29,707
|
|
Income/(loss) from operations
|
|
|
(72,722
|
)
|
|
|
24,140
|
|
|
|
24,428
|
|
|
|
14,544
|
|
|
|
11,181
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,892
|
|
|
|
8,743
|
|
|
|
3,569
|
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
Income/(loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(79,125
|
)
|
|
|
14,796
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
13,764
|
|
|
|
8,675
|
|
Income taxes (benefit)
|
|
|
(14,918
|
)
|
|
|
5,675
|
|
|
|
7,618
|
|
|
|
5,063
|
|
|
|
3,426
|
|
Net income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
|
$
|
8,702
|
|
|
$
|
5,249
|
|
Net income/(loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
|
40,279
|
|
|
|
39,655
|
|
|
|
36,587
|
|
|
|
31,361
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
|
41,939
|
|
|
|
41,401
|
|
|
|
39,787
|
|
|
|
36,636
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
12,670
|
|
|
$
|
12,550
|
|
|
$
|
7,473
|
|
|
$
|
4,367
|
|
|
$
|
2,757
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
9,436
|
|
|
$
|
13,951
|
|
|
$
|
15,657
|
|
|
$
|
15,592
|
|
|
$
|
8,423
|
|
Year-end financial position
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
78,015
|
|
|
$
|
58,722
|
|
|
$
|
46,315
|
|
|
$
|
21,469
|
|
|
$
|
23,049
|
|
Current ratio
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
210,231
|
|
|
$
|
289,751
|
|
|
$
|
268,257
|
|
|
$
|
94,698
|
|
|
$
|
81,992
|
|
Long-term debt and notes payable
|
|
$
|
83,606
|
|
|
$
|
118,774
|
|
|
$
|
120,539
|
|
|
$
|
14,338
|
|
|
$
|
16,028
|
|
30
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes contained elsewhere in this report. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may
differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors,
including those set forth under Item 1A, Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this report.
2009
Highlights
Our fiscal 2009 net sales of $335.0 million
represented an increase of 13.2% over fiscal 2008 levels. Sales
in our firearm core business increased by 14.2% to approximately
$313.0 million. Net loss for fiscal 2009 of
$64.2 million was significantly impacted by an impairment
charge related to goodwill and intangible assets of
$76.5 million, net of deferred taxes of $21.8 million.
Excluding this item, net income for fiscal 2009 increased by
$3.1 million, or 34.5%, over fiscal 2008 net income.
Net income was affected by numerous factors, including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Despite weakness in the overall economy, our handgun and
tactical rifle sales experienced growth throughout the first
half of fiscal 2009. We began to experience very strong consumer
demand for our handguns and tactical rifle products beginning in
our third fiscal quarter. We believe this increased demand was
related to multiple factors, including heightened fears of
terrorism and crime, speculation surrounding increased gun
control, and a new administration taking office in
Washington, D.C. We are unable to assess whether or for how
long the increase in consumer demand will last or whether the
orders constituting our backlog will be cancelled if consumer
demand decreases. The demand for these products was much larger
than our ability to produce, and our backlog grew from
$20 million in our second quarter to more than
$123 million in our third quarter to more than
$268 million at the end of our fiscal year. Excluding the
impact of hunting products, sales for fiscal 2009 grew 29.5%
over sales for similar products in fiscal 2008.
|
|
|
|
During fiscal 2009, we experienced a significant decline in
demand for our hunting products, including bolt-action hunting
rifles,
fixed-barrel
black powder firearms, and related parts and accessories.
Hunting firearm sales declined by more than 33% for the fiscal
year ended April 30, 2009, and we recorded an impairment
charge relating to our hunting business of $98.2 million,
less related deferred tax liabilities of $21.8 million,
resulting in a $76.5 million adverse impact to after-tax
profits. Among other things, we attribute the weakness in our
hunting products to the severe weakness in the economy, excess
levels of hunting product inventory in the sporting good
distribution channel, and the premium nature of the hunting
products we offer. We have taken a number of actions to address
the weak demand for our hunting products and to reduce the
losses we have been incurring, including the introduction of
lower price-point products in an effort to reach a larger
segment of the market, moving from a direct sales force to a
manufacturers representative model, and instituting
cost-cutting initiatives and workforce reductions.
|
Our
Business
We are one of the worlds leading manufacturers of
firearms. We manufacture a wide array of pistols, revolvers,
tactical rifles, hunting rifles, black powder firearms,
handcuffs, and firearm-related products and accessories for sale
to a wide variety of customers, including gun enthusiasts,
collectors, hunters, sportsmen, competitive shooters, protection
focused individuals, law enforcement agencies and officers, and
military agencies in the United States and throughout the world.
We are the largest manufacturer of handguns and handcuffs in the
United States, the largest U.S. exporter of handguns, and a
growing participant in the tactical and hunting rifle markets
that we recently entered. We manufacture these products at our
facilities in Springfield, Massachusetts; Houlton, Maine; and
Rochester, New Hampshire. In addition, we pursue opportunities
to license our name and trademarks to third parties for use in
association with their products and services. We plan to
substantially increase our product offerings and our licensing
program to leverage the 150-plus year old
Smith & Wesson brand and capitalize on the
goodwill developed through our historic American tradition by
expanding consumer awareness of products we produce or license
in the safety, security, protection, and sport markets.
31
Key
Performance Indicators
We evaluate the performance of our business based upon operating
profit, which includes net sales, cost of sales, selling and
administrative expenses, and certain components of other income
and expense. We also use adjusted EBITDAS (earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and stock-based
compensation expense, excluding large non-recurring items) to
evaluate our performance. We evaluate our various product lines
by such measurements as cost per unit produced, units produced
per day, and incoming orders per day.
Key
Industry Data
Handguns have been subject to legislative actions in the past,
and the market has reacted to these actions. There was a
substantial increase in sales in the early 1990s during the
period leading up to and shortly after the enactment of the
Brady Bill. In the period from 1992 through 1994, the
U.S. handgun market increased by over 50%, as consumers
purchased handguns in fear of prohibition of handgun ownership.
The market levels then returned to
pre-1992
levels and have remained relatively unchanged until late in
calendar 2008 when the market increased in what appears to be
fears surrounding crime and terrorism, an economic downturn, and
a change in the White House administration. Like with the
increase in 1992, we expect this current increase in the market
to be temporary in nature and expect that the market will return
to normal levels at some point. Within the U.S. handgun
market, we estimate that approximately 81% of the market is
pistols and 19% is revolvers. We also estimate that we have
approximately a 19% share of the U.S. consumer market for
handguns. This compares with approximately 10% in the period
just before we acquired Smith & Wesson Corp. in 2001.
It also compares favorably with market share figures of the
1990s when we had an estimated 16% market share.
Results
of Operations
Net
Product and Services Sales
The following table sets forth certain information relative to
net sales for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008,
and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolvers
|
|
$
|
77,066
|
|
|
$
|
70,217
|
|
|
$
|
6,849
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
64,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pistols
|
|
|
93,149
|
|
|
|
69,639
|
|
|
|
23,510
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
%
|
|
|
78,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walther
|
|
|
34,309
|
|
|
|
27,087
|
|
|
|
7,222
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
%
|
|
|
23,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tactical Rifles
|
|
|
39,810
|
|
|
|
16,637
|
|
|
|
23,173
|
|
|
|
139.3
|
%
|
|
|
12,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premium Products
|
|
|
16,227
|
|
|
|
16,117
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
18,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hunting Firearms
|
|
|
38,495
|
|
|
|
57,609
|
|
|
|
(19,114
|
)
|
|
|
(33.2
|
)%
|
|
|
17,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parts & Accessories
|
|
|
13,902
|
|
|
|
16,826
|
|
|
|
(2,924
|
)
|
|
|
(17.4
|
)%
|
|
|
7,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Firearms
|
|
|
312,958
|
|
|
|
274,132
|
|
|
|
38,826
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
|
|
221,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handcuffs
|
|
|
7,085
|
|
|
|
6,155
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
6,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialty Services
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
|
|
7,585
|
|
|
|
(789
|
)
|
|
|
(10.4
|
)%
|
|
|
3,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8,116
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
5,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Firearms
|
|
|
21,997
|
|
|
|
21,778
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
15,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
334,955
|
|
|
$
|
295,910
|
|
|
$
|
39,045
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
236,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
2009 Net Product and Services Sales Compared with Fiscal
2008
Net sales for fiscal 2009 increased on strong consumer driven
growth in handguns and tactical rifles. Excluding hunting
products, firearm unit sales increased by 22% over the prior
year to approximately 710,000 units. Revolver sales were
driven primarily by consumer demand; however, because this
product is much more capital intensive, the growth year over
year is smaller than in other handgun product lines. Pistol
sales increased on strong demand for Sigmas and M&P, with
sales for those product lines up 59.9% and 41.7%, respectively,
over the prior year. Walther
32
sales increased significantly over the prior year as a result of
higher sales of the P22 pistol and the full year benefit of the
PPS pistol, which was introduced in fiscal 2008. Walther PPK
pistol sales were suspended in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009
because of the February 2009 recall of this product, adversely
impacting fourth quarter sales. Tactical rifle sales continued
to increase as a result of increased consumer demand, as well as
continued acceptance by law enforcement agencies. To date, 235
police and security agencies have either selected the M&P
15 or approved the M&P 15 for on-duty use. Hunting firearms
have been severely impacted by economic factors, with black
powder dropping 39.4% from fiscal 2008 levels. The decrease in
parts and accessories correlated to the decrease in black powder
rifle sales. Non-firearm sales for fiscal 2009 were flat with
increased handcuff sales offset by reduced foundry sales.
The order backlog at the end of fiscal 2009 was $267,862,000,
which was $217,934,000 higher than at the end of fiscal 2008 and
$144,719,000 higher than at the end of our previous fiscal
quarter. The extraordinary increase in backlog related directly
to the increase in consumer demand that we experienced in the
third and fourth fiscal quarters. It also increased as a result
of our existing manufacturing capacity having been planned for
demand levels experienced prior to the significant increase in
consumer demand. At this time, we have limited data by which to
determine how long this increase in consumer demand will last.
Orders received that have not yet shipped, which constitutes our
reported backlog, could be cancelled if demand were to suddenly
decrease. Therefore, the backlog numbers provided may not be
indicative of future sales.
Sales in the consumer channel were approximately $279,812,000, a
$35,731,000, or 14.6%, increase over sales of $244,081,000 for
fiscal 2008. Excluding hunting products, sporting goods
increased 31.9% over fiscal 2008 levels. Sales to state and
local government agencies were approximately $25,175,000, a
$3,261,000, or 14.9%, increase over fiscal 2008 sales of
$21,914,000. International sales of approximately $24,686,000
represented a $251,000, or 1.0%, increase over fiscal 2008
sales. Federal government sales of $3,294,000 were $127,000
lower than fiscal 2008 sales of $3,421,000.
Fiscal
2008 Net Product and Services Sales Compared with Fiscal
2007
The impact of owning Thompson/Center Arms for the full fiscal
year accounted for $46,570,000 of the firearm sales increase.
Excluding Thompson/Center Arms, firearm sales increased by
$6,256,000, or 3.1%. Total firearm unit sales for fiscal 2008
(excluding Thompson/Center Arms) were approximately
589,000 units, an increase of 5.4% over fiscal 2007 sales
of approximately 559,000 units. Firearm backlog as of
April 30, 2008 was approximately $49,928,000. Non-firearm
sales for fiscal 2008 increased as a result of the full year
impact of the Thompson/Center Arms specialty services and retail
operations.
The increase in revolver sales was fueled by the sale of small
frame revolvers, partially offset by lower large frame revolver
sales. Large frame revolvers were adversely impacted by the weak
fall hunting season. Pistol sales were lower than the prior year
as fiscal 2007 sales included $8,700,000 in pistol sales to the
Afghanistan military and $6,177,000 in pistol sales to the
California Highway Patrol. There were no comparable sales during
fiscal 2008. The average selling price for pistols was reduced
by the promotional programs implemented during the second half
of fiscal 2008. Fiscal 2008 M&P pistol sales increased
38.0% over fiscal 2007 levels. The increase in sales of Walther
firearms, for which we are the exclusive U.S. distributor,
was attributable to the introduction of the PPS and SP22 pistols
as well as strong international sales of the PPK pistol.
Tactical rifle sales increased significantly in their second
full year of being offered. Premium products sales for fiscal
2008 decreased because of the effect of the weak hunting season
on large frame Performance Center revolver sales and the
inclusion in fiscal 2007 of the 50th anniversary commemorative
Model 29 that was introduced in mid-fiscal 2007 and drove sales
significantly higher for that year. Hunting firearm sales grew
significantly over fiscal 2007 primarily as a result of the full
year impact of owning Thompson/Center Arms, as well as the
impact of sales of ICON rifles, which were introduced at the
2007 SHOT show. Hunting firearms also includes shipments of our
fixed-action and semi-automatic shotguns. Parts and accessories
sales increased primarily as a result of the full year impact of
selling Thompson/Center Arms black powder accessories.
Non-firearm sales reflected the full year impact of the
Thompson/Center Arms foundry operations, which are included in
Specialty Services. Handcuff sales remained stable
year-over-year.
33
Sales in the consumer channel were approximately $244,081,000, a
$62,453,000, or 34.4%, increase over sales of $181,628,000 for
fiscal 2007. The full year impact of Thompson/Center Arms added
approximately $52,418,000 to fiscal 2008 consumer sales.
Excluding Thompson/Center Arms sales, consumer sales grew at a
rate of 8.9%. Sales to state and local government agencies were
approximately $21,914,000, a $1,079,000, or 4.7%, decrease from
fiscal 2007 sales of $22,993,000. Fiscal 2007 state and
local government sales included a $6,177,000 order from the
California Highway Patrol. Excluding the impact of this large
order, our state and local government sales increased
$5,098,000, or 30.3%, on continued strong performance of our
M&P line of firearms. Excluding the $2,988,000 impact of
Thompson/Center Arms, international sales of approximately
$21,447,000 represented a $2,103,000, or 10.9%, increase over
fiscal 2007 sales. Federal government sales of $3,421,000 were
$7,297,000 lower than fiscal 2007 sales of $10,718,000. Fiscal
2007 included $9,766,000 in product shipments to Afghanistan. No
new contracts for our products for use in Afghanistan were
awarded during fiscal 2008.
Cost
of Revenue and Gross Profit
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
cost of revenue and gross profit for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
237,167
|
|
|
$
|
203,535
|
|
|
$
|
33,632
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
160,214
|
|
% of net revenue
|
|
|
70.8
|
%
|
|
|
68.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.7
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
97,788
|
|
|
|
92,375
|
|
|
$
|
5,413
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
76,338
|
|
% of net revenue
|
|
|
29.2
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
Gross profit for fiscal 2009 increased as a result of the
increase in sales while gross profit as a percentage of net
revenue declined as a result of the impact of significantly
lower sales and production volumes of our higher margin hunting
products as well as a $2,271,000 accrual related to the February
2009 Walther PPK and PPK/S recall. Reduced production levels and
a reduced number of operating days at our Rochester, New
Hampshire plant resulted in underutilized capacity and fixed
overhead not being fully absorbed into inventory. In addition,
increased capital spending over the last several years increased
depreciation expense by $1,103,000 for fiscal 2009. Promotion
costs were $8,368,000 compared with $8,862,000 for the year
ended April 30, 2008.
Excluding the $20,015,000 full year impact of owning
Thompson/Center Arms, fiscal 2008 gross profit dollars
decreased $3,978,000 while gross profit as a percentage of net
revenue declined 2.8%. Promotion costs of $8,862,000 were
incurred to spur consumer demand and clear inventory from the
supply chain, eroding gross margins for fiscal 2008 and
substantially offsetting the increase in gross margin dollars
caused by the growth in sales. In addition, unabsorbed fixed
costs associated with a three-week plant shutdown in
Springfield, Massachusetts, and a one-week plant shutdown in
Rochester, New Hampshire, negatively impacted gross profit by
$2,600,000.
Operating
Expenses
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
operating expenses for the fiscal years ended April 30,
2009, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
2,906
|
|
|
$
|
1,946
|
|
|
$
|
960
|
|
|
|
49.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
28,378
|
|
|
|
27,857
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
22,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
40,983
|
|
|
|
38,432
|
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
28,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
98,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,243
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
170,510
|
|
|
$
|
68,235
|
|
|
$
|
102,275
|
|
|
|
149.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
51,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of net revenue
|
|
|
50.9
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
34
In October 2008, due to serious, unfavorable, and recurring
economic and market conditions and other factors that had an
adverse effect on the hunting market, it became apparent that
goodwill and other long-lived assets related to our investment
in Thompson/Center Arms were significantly impaired. We
conducted a review of the reporting unit related to these
products and determined that the fair value as defined in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
142 and SFAS 144 was lower than book value, requiring us to
record an impairment charge of $98,243,000. Excluding the impact
of the impairment charge noted above, operating expenses for
fiscal 2009 increased by $4,032,000, or 5.9%, over fiscal 2008
levels.
The increase in research and development related to $232,000 in
increased testing materials as a result of the increasing cost
of ammunition, $334,000 in third-party engineering costs,
$70,000 in increased salaries and benefits, and $126,000 of
reduced allocations to manufacturing based on an increased focus
on new product engineering. The increase in sales and marketing
expense reflected increased sales incentives incurred as a
result of the higher handgun sales levels. The increase in
general and administrative expenses included $2,690,000 in
increased profit sharing related to our Springfield,
Massachusetts and Houlton, Maine facilities. In addition,
because of weak economic factors impacting certain of our
regional retail customers, we increased our bad debt reserves by
$2,312,000 in fiscal 2009. Finally, increased salaries and
benefits, recruiting, and relocation resulting from changes in
our management structure totaling $1,065,000 were offset by
$1,742,000 in reduced amortization of intangibles as a result of
the impairment charge and lower stock-based compensation expense
of $1,578,000 due to lower awards and the reversal of expense
associated with performance-based options that were not achieved
based on actual operating results.
Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, excluding the
impairment charge, was 21.6% for fiscal 2009, 1.5% lower than
the fiscal 2008 ratio due to reduced amortization of intangibles
as a result of the impairment charge as well as increased
revenue caused by the increased consumer demand. General and
administrative costs for fiscal 2009 included $2,437,000 of
amortization while fiscal 2008 included $4,119,000 of
amortization.
Operating expenses for fiscal 2008 increased primarily as a
result of the full year impact of owning Thompson/Center Arms,
which accounted for $13,027,000 of the total increase. The
remaining $3,299,000 increase in spending included a $418,000
increase in research and development expenses, a $720,000
increase in sales and marketing expense, and a $2,161,000
increase in general and administrative expenses. The increase in
research and development related to expansion of the long gun
product offerings while the increase in sales and marketing
expense reflected increased advertising efforts in a down market
as well as increased travel by our expanded consumer sales
force. The increase in general and administrative expenses
included $2,145,000 in higher stock-based compensation expense
and $1,502,000 in additional professional fees resulting from
increased audit costs associated with the Thompson/Center Arms
acquisition and the first-year costs of implementing internal
controls compliance under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act for that location as well as increased legal fees. This was
partially offset by $1,246,000 in reduced profit sharing
expense. Stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2008
included a $1,004,000 adjustment to amortize restricted stock
units issued in fiscal 2007 on an accelerated method rather than
the straight-line method in order to comply with our
amortization policy for other stock-based awards. The adjustment
did not have a material affect on prior periods.
Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was 23.1% for
fiscal 2008, which was 1.2% higher than the fiscal 2007 ratio
due to increased amortization of intangibles associated with the
Thompson/Center Arms acquisition. General and administrative
costs for fiscal 2008 included $4,119,000 of amortization while
fiscal 2007 included $1,630,000 of amortization.
Income/(Loss)
from Operations
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
income/(loss) from operations for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Income/(loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
(72,722
|
)
|
|
$
|
24,140
|
|
|
$
|
(96,862
|
)
|
|
|
(401.3
|
)%
|
|
$
|
24,428
|
|
% of net revenue
|
|
|
(21.7
|
)%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
35
Excluding the impact of the $98,243,000 impairment of
Thompson/Center Arms assets, fiscal 2009 operating income of
$25,521,000 was $1,381,000, or 5.7%, higher than operating
income for fiscal 2008. The impact associated with the
consumer-driven demand more than offset the unfavorable
absorption and product mix at Thompson/Center Arms, the impact
of the Walther PPK and PPK/S recall, and the increase in
operating expenses.
Operating income for fiscal 2008 decreased $288,000, or 1.2%,
compared with operating income for fiscal 2007. The decrease in
operating income was caused by a combination of increased
promotion costs, increased unabsorbed overhead costs due to
plant shutdowns, and increased operating expenses, partially
offset by increased sales and the effect of owning
Thompson/Center Arms for a full year in fiscal 2008.
Interest
Expense
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
interest expense for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009,
2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
5,892
|
|
|
$
|
8,743
|
|
|
$
|
(2,851
|
)
|
|
|
(32.6
|
)%
|
|
$
|
3,569
|
|
Interest expense decreased for fiscal 2009 as a result of the
repayment of the $28,000,000 acquisition line in May 2008, the
repayment of $4,367,000 of long-term debt in June 2008, reduced
borrowings under our revolving line of credit, and overall lower
interest rates. In addition, our 6,250,000-share stock offering
in May 2008 and the increased cash flow associated with consumer
demand enabled us to reduce our overall outstanding indebtedness
throughout fiscal 2009.
Interest expense increased for fiscal 2008 as a result of the
additional debt incurred in mid-fiscal 2007 to acquire
Thompson/Center Arms. In addition, higher revolving loan
balances from lower operating cash flows caused interest expense
to increase during fiscal 2008.
Income
Taxes
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
income tax expense/(benefit) for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Income tax expense/(benefit)
|
|
$
|
(14,918
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,675
|
|
|
$
|
(20,593
|
)
|
|
|
(362.9
|
)%
|
|
$
|
7,618
|
|
Our income tax benefit for fiscal 2009 included the effect of
changes in temporary differences between the financial reporting
and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss
carryforwards. These amounts are reflected in the balance of our
net deferred tax assets, which totaled $13,648,000, after
valuation allowance, at April 30, 2009. Net deferred tax
liabilities were reduced in fiscal 2009 by $21,766,000 as a
result of the impairment of the Thompson/Center Arms goodwill
and other long-lived assets.
As required by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, we record tax assets or liabilities for the
temporary differences between the book value and tax bases in
assets and liabilities. In assessing the realization of our
deferred income tax assets, we consider whether it is more
likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred income tax
assets depends upon generating future taxable income during the
periods in which our temporary differences become deductible and
before our net operating loss carryforwards expire. We evaluate
the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets by
assessing the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly
basis. If we determine that it is more likely than not that our
deferred income tax assets will not be recovered, we establish a
valuation allowance against some or all of our deferred income
tax assets. Recording a valuation allowance or reversing a
valuation allowance could have a significant effect on our
future results of operations and financial position.
A valuation allowance of approximately $26,000 was provided on
our deferred federal tax assets for a capital loss carryforward,
which we do not anticipate using prior to its expiration. No
other valuation allowance was
36
provided on our deferred federal income tax assets as of
April 30, 2009 or 2008, as we believe that it is more
likely than not that all such assets will be realized.
We had federal net operating loss carryforwards amounting to
$2,285,000, $2,394,000, and $2,502,000 as of April 30,
2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The net operating loss
carryforward at April 30, 2009 expires in fiscal years 2019
and 2020. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limits
utilization of these losses to $108,000 per year. It is possible
that future substantial changes in our ownership could occur
that could result in additional ownership changes pursuant to
Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If such an ownership
change were to occur, there would be an annual limitation on the
remaining tax loss carryforwards that can be utilized. Federal
net operating losses have increased the overall net deferred tax
asset of $13,648,000 by $800,000 as of April 30, 2009.
Federal net operating losses account for $838,000 of the total
net deferred tax liability of $10,269,000 as of April 30,
2008.
There were no state net operating loss carryforwards as of the
end of fiscal 2009, 2008, or 2007.
On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act, or
AJCA, was signed into law. The AJCA provides a deduction for
income from qualified domestic production activity, or QPA,
which will be phased in from 2005 through 2010. Pursuant to the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Staff
Position
No. 109-1,
Application of SFAS No. 109 (Accounting for
Income Taxes), to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production
Activity provided by the AJCA of 2004, the effect of this
deduction is reported in the period in which it is claimed on
our tax return. The QPA benefit for us was approximately
$1,405,000 in fiscal 2009 and $970,000 in fiscal 2008 and
resulted in the reduction of tax expense of $492,000 in fiscal
2009 and $339,000 in fiscal 2008. The annual deduction for the
remaining federal net operating loss carryforward is so limited
by Internal Revenue Code Section 382 that the unfavorable
impact on the future benefits of the QPA should be negligible.
Our income tax expense for fiscal 2008 included changes in
deferred income taxes arising from temporary differences between
the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities,
and net operating loss carryforwards. These amounts are
reflected in the balance of our net deferred tax assets, which
totaled $9,947,000, before valuation allowance, as well as net
deferred tax liabilities, which totaled $20,216,000 at
April 30, 2008. Net deferred tax liabilities were reduced
in fiscal 2008 by $5,404,000 as a result of amortization of
intangibles related to the Thompson/Center Arms acquisition. Net
tax assets (liabilities) changed substantially during the year
ended April 30, 2007 primarily as a result of the
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms in January 2007.
Net
Income/(Loss)
The following table sets forth certain information regarding net
income and the related per share data for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in thousands,
except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
$
|
(73,328
|
)
|
|
|
(803.9
|
)%
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
(1.60
|
)
|
|
|
(695.7
|
)%
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
(1.59
|
)
|
|
|
(722.7
|
)%
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in net income and net income per share for fiscal
2009 was primarily attributable to the impairment of long-lived
assets and goodwill associated with the acquisition of
Thompson/Center Arms, which totaled $76,477,000 (net of deferred
taxes of $21,766,000). Excluding this write-off, income would
have increased $3,149,000 to $12,270,000 and earnings per share
would have been $0.26. This increase in income was a result of
increased sales due to the consumer-driven demand, partially
offset by reduced volume and the corresponding gross margin
impact in the hunting business. In addition, EPS was lower in
fiscal 2009 due to an additional 6,250,000 shares issued
during May 2008. The decrease in net income and net income per
share for fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to a weak
consumer market that prompted increased promotion costs and two
unscheduled plant shutdowns leading to unabsorbed overhead.
37
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our principal cash requirements are to finance the growth of our
firearm and other operations, including acquisitions, and to
service our existing debt. Capital expenditures for new
products, capacity expansion, and process improvements represent
important cash needs.
The following table sets forth certain cash flow information for
the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
(dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
53,063
|
|
|
$
|
6,004
|
|
|
$
|
47,059
|
|
|
|
783.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
15,813
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(9,452
|
)
|
|
|
(14,161
|
)
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
(33.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(118,096
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(8,148
|
)
|
|
|
8,451
|
|
|
|
(16,599
|
)
|
|
|
(196.4
|
)%
|
|
|
105,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
35,463
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
$
|
35,169
|
|
|
|
11962.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities represent the principal source of our cash
flow. Cash flow from operating activities increased
significantly for fiscal 2009 over fiscal 2008 levels resulting
largely from a $5,431,000 decrease in inventory in fiscal 2009.
In addition, accounts receivable decreased by $3,619,000 in
fiscal 2009. Finally, a $3,149,000 increase in net income
(excluding the non-cash impairment) and an increase in current
accrual levels of $6,468,000 over the prior year increase
contributed to the increase in cash from operating activities.
Cash flow from operating activities decreased for fiscal 2008
from fiscal 2007 levels. The reduction in operating cash flow
for fiscal 2008 was attributable to lower net income (offset by
higher non-cash items included in net income, such as
depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, and stock-based
compensation expense) as well as a $15,138,000 increase in
inventory and a $2,457,000 increase in accounts receivable. The
negative cash flow was partially offset by $3,891,000 in
increased accruals over fiscal 2007, caused primarily by accrued
promotion costs for the fourth quarter promotions.
Cash used for investing activities was lower in fiscal 2009 than
for fiscal 2008 due to reduced capital spending of $4,515,000.
Cash used for investing activities in fiscal 2008 was
significantly lower than in fiscal 2007 due to the $103,342,000
used to acquire Thompson/Center Arms in January 2007. Capital
spending was $1,706,000 lower in fiscal 2008 than in fiscal
2007. Fiscal 2007 spending was partially offset by $1,000,000 in
cash received from the Springfield Redevelopment Authority as
part of the final payment on 85 acres of land sold to them
in fiscal 2003.
Cash used by financing activities was unfavorable compared with
the prior year due to the repayment of the $28,000,000 in
acquisition loan, $4,367,000 in term loans, and $7,000,000 in
the revolving line partially offset by the proceeds from the May
2008 6,250,000-share stock offering.
Cash generated by financing activities in fiscal 2008 was lower
than in fiscal 2007 due to $108,000,000 in debt incurred related
to the acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms in January 2007,
partially offset by $6,396,000 in payments to acquire treasury
stock in that same fiscal year. The remaining increase in 2008
of $4,438,000 was due to $7,000,000 in increased revolving
credit line borrowings to cover current cash requirements,
offset by $3,954,000 in lower debt issue costs.
At April 30, 2009, we had open letters of credit
aggregating $3,805,000.
At April 30, 2009, we had $39,822,000 in cash and cash
equivalents on hand. We have a $40,000,000 revolving line of
credit with Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC with no balance
outstanding as of April 30, 2009. In May 2009, we completed
a stock offering of 6,000,000 shares of common stock, which
yielded net proceeds of approximately $35,000,000 that we expect
to use for general corporate purposes, including the potential
purchase of additional equipment to expand our manufacturing
capacity. In addition, on June 18, 2009, we reported our
entry into a material definitive agreement to acquire Universal
Security Response, Inc. This acquisition will utilize up to a
maximum of $26,000,000 in cash. To the extent that opportunities
present themselves, we may utilize a portion of the net proceeds
of this offering to purchase a portion of our $80 million
of outstanding senior convertible notes and strategic
investments. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering to pursue opportunities for
38
strategic relationships and other acquisitions. Based upon our
current working capital position, current operating plans, and
expected business conditions, we believe that our existing
capital resources and credit facilities will be adequate to fund
our operations, including our outstanding debt and other
commitments, for the next 12 months, apart from major
acquisitions.
Other
Matters
Inflation
We do not believe that inflation had a material impact on us
during fiscal 2009, 2008, or 2007.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Use of
Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income
and expenses during the reporting periods. Operating results in
the future could vary from the amounts derived from these
estimates and assumptions. In addition, future facts and
circumstances could alter our estimates with respect to the
adequacy of insurance reserves. Our significant estimates
include accruals for warranty, product liability, workers
compensation, environmental liability, excess and obsolete
inventory, forfeiture rates on stock-based awards, asset
impairments, and medical claims payable. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when the following four basic criteria have
been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided;
(3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and
(4) collection is reasonably assured.
Product sales account for a substantial portion of our revenue.
We recognize revenue from product sales when the earnings
process is complete and the risks and rewards of ownership have
transferred to the customer, which is generally upon shipment.
We also provide tooling, forging, heat treating, finishing,
plating, and engineering support services to customers; we
recognize this revenue when accepted by the customer, when no
further contingencies or material performance obligations exist,
and when collectibility is reasonably assured, thereby earning
us the right to receive and retain payments for services
performed and billed.
We recognize trademark licensing revenue for all individual
licensees on a quarterly basis based on actual receipts from
licensees. This revenue consists of minimum royalties
and/or a
percentage of a licensees sales on licensed products.
Under our current licensing agreements, this revenue is payable
on a calendar quarter basis. We recognize fees received upon
initial signing of license agreements as revenue when no future
obligation is required on our part. As a result of a combination
of uncertain factors regarding existing licensees, including
current and past payment performance, market acceptance of the
licensees product, and insufficient historical experience,
we believe that reasonable assurance of collectibility does not
exist based on the results and past payment performance of
licensees in general. Therefore, we do not initially recognize
minimum royalty payments but instead record such revenue monthly
when the minimum royalty can be reasonably estimated for that
month and payment is assured. As of April 30, 2009, minimum
royalties to be collected in the future amounted to
approximately $7,283,000.
Valuation
of Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets and
Goodwill
We have significant long-lived tangible and intangible assets,
which are susceptible to valuation adjustments as a result of
changes in various factors or conditions. The most significant
long-lived tangible and intangible assets are fixed assets,
developed technology, patents, trademarks, and tradenames. We
amortize all finite-lived intangible assets either on a
straight-line basis or based upon patterns in which we expect to
utilize the economic benefits of such assets. With the exception
of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, we
initially determine the values of intangible assets by a
risk-adjusted, discounted cash flow approach. We assess the
potential impairment of
39
identifiable intangible assets and fixed assets whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values
may not be recoverable and at least annually. Factors we
consider important, which could trigger an impairment of such
assets, include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
significant underperformance relative to historical or projected
future operating results;
|
|
|
|
significant changes in the manner of or use of the assets or the
strategy for our overall business;
|
|
|
|
significant negative industry or economic trends;
|
|
|
|
significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period; and
|
|
|
|
a decline in our market capitalization below net book value.
|
Future adverse changes in these or other unforeseeable factors
could result in an impairment charge that would materially
impact future results of operations and financial position in
the reporting period identified.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, we test goodwill and intangible assets
with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis as of
the end of our fiscal third quarter and between annual tests if
indicators of potential impairment exist. The impairment test
compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying
amount, including goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite
lives, to assess whether impairment is present. We have reviewed
the provisions of SFAS 142 with respect to the criteria
necessary to evaluate the number of reporting units that exist.
Based on our review of SFAS 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, we have
determined that we operate in two reporting units: one for our
Springfield, Massachusetts and Houlton, Maine facilities and a
second for our Rochester, New Hampshire facility. Goodwill
recorded on our books is associated only with the Rochester, New
Hampshire reporting unit as it arose out of our acquisition of
Thompson/Center Arms on January 3, 2007. Based on a
combination of factors occurring during fiscal 2009, including
the current economic environment and market conditions in the
hunting industry, we determined that indicators for impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets existed in our Rochester,
New Hampshire reporting unit. As a result, we conducted an
evaluation of these assets pursuant to SFAS 142. Based on
lower order intake in the past several quarters and lower than
expected operating profits and cash flows in this reporting
unit, the earnings forecast for the next ten years was revised.
The fair value of this reporting unit was estimated using the
expected present value of future cash flows. Based on the work
performed, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $41,173,000
during the three months ended October 31, 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we
periodically review long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or
that the useful lives of those assets are no longer appropriate.
Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the
undiscounted cash flows to the recorded carrying value for the
asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to
its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow
analysis. As noted above, economic and market conditions
affecting the Rochester, New Hampshire reporting unit
required us to test for impairment of long-lived assets
pertaining to that location during the second quarter of fiscal
2009. Based on this assessment, under SFAS 144, we recorded
an impairment charge of $57,070,000 to reflect the excess of the
carrying value of long-lived intangible assets over the
discounted cash flows. No impairment charges were taken in
fiscal 2008 or 2007 based on the review of long-lived assets
under SFAS 144.
Significant judgments and estimates are involved in determining
the useful lives of our long-lived assets, determining what
reporting units exist, and assessing when events or
circumstances would require an interim impairment analysis of
goodwill or other long-lived assets to be performed. Changes in
our organization or our management reporting structure, as well
as other events and circumstances, including technological
advances, increased competition, and changing economic or market
conditions, could result in (a) shorter estimated useful
lives, (b) additional reporting units, which may require
alternative methods of estimating fair values or greater
disaggregation or aggregation in our analysis by reporting unit,
and (c) other changes in previous assumptions or
40
estimates. In turn, this could have an additional impact on our
consolidated financial statements through accelerated
amortization and impairment charges.
Goodwill
and Acquired Intangibles
We completed a significant business acquisition in fiscal 2007,
which resulted in significant goodwill and other intangible
asset balances. Our business strategy contemplates that we may
make additional acquisitions in the future. Our accounting for
acquisitions involves significant judgments and estimates,
including the fair value of certain forms of consideration, the
fair value of acquired intangible assets, which involve
projections of future revenue and cash flows, the fair value of
other acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including
potential contingencies, and the useful lives, and as
applicable, the reporting unit, of the assets. Our financial
position and results of operations may be materially impacted by
changes in our initial assumptions and estimates relating to
prior or future acquisitions. Additionally, under SFAS 142,
we determine the fair value of the reporting unit, for purposes
of the first step in our annual goodwill impairment test, based
on our market value. If prior or future acquisitions are not
accretive to our results of operations as expected or our market
value declines dramatically, we may be required to complete the
second step, which requires significant judgments and estimates
and which may result in material impairment charges in the
period in which they are determined.
Product
Liability
We provide reserves for potential product liability defense
costs based on estimates determined in consultation with
litigation counsel. Adjustments to the provision for product
liability are evaluated on an ongoing basis and are charged or
credited to cost of products and services sold. This evaluation
is based upon information regarding potential or existing
product liability cases. Any future costs related to this
evaluation are recorded when considered both probable and
reasonably estimable. At this time, the estimated range of
reasonably possible additional losses, as that term is defined
in SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies, is zero.
Environmental
Liability
We provide reserves for potential environmental obligations that
we consider probable and for which reasonable estimates of such
obligations can be made. As of April 30, 2009, we had a
reserve of approximately $754,000 for environmental matters,
which is recorded on an undiscounted basis.
Inventory
We value inventories, consisting primarily of finished firearm
components, finished firearms, and related products and
accessories, at the lower of cost, using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, or market. An allowance for potential
non-saleable inventory due to excess stock or obsolescence is
based upon a detailed review of inventory components, past
history, and expected future usage.
Warranty
We generally provide a lifetime warranty to the
original purchaser of our new firearm products. We
provide for estimated warranty obligations in the period in
which we recognize the related revenue. We quantify and record
an estimate for warranty-related costs based on our actual
historical claims experience and the current repair costs. We
make adjustments to accruals as warranty claim data and
historical experience warrant. Should we experience actual
claims and repair costs that are higher than the estimated
claims and repair costs used to calculate the provision, our
operating results for the period or periods in which such
returns or additional costs materialize would be adversely
impacted.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We extend credit to our domestic customers and some foreign
distributors based on their financial condition. We offer
discounts for early payment. When we believe the extension of
credit is not advisable, we rely on either a prepayment or a
letter of credit. We place past due balances for collection with
an outside agency after 90 days. We write off balances
deemed uncollectible by us against our allowance for doubtful
accounts. We estimate our
41
allowance for doubtful accounts through current past due
balances, knowledge of our customers financial situations,
and past payment history.
Income
Taxes
The provision for income taxes is based upon income reported in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Deferred
income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between
the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial
reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes.
We measure these deferred taxes by applying tax rates expected
to be in place when the deferred items become subject to income
tax or deductible for income tax purposes.
Workers
Compensation
We are self-insured through retentions or deductibles for our
workers compensation. Our liability for estimated premiums
and incurred losses are actuarially determined and recorded on
an undiscounted basis.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R),
Shared-Based Payment (Revised). Under
SFAS No. 123(R), we calculate compensation cost on the
date of the grant using the Black-Scholes method. We then
amortize compensation expense over the vesting period. We
estimate the fair value of each stock option or purchase under
our employee stock purchase program on the date of the grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (using the
risk-free interest rate, expected term, expected volatility,
dividend yield variables, and estimated forfeiture rates).
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141
(revised), Business Combinations.
SFAS No. 141R changes the accounting for business
combinations, including the measurement of acquirer shares
issued in consideration for a business combination, the
recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for
pre-acquisition
gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized
in-process research and development, the accounting for
acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals, the treatment
of acquisition related transaction costs, and the recognition of
changes in the acquirers income tax valuation allowance.
SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited.
Although the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will not have
any impact on our current consolidated financial statements, we
expect that it will affect the accounting treatment of future
acquisitions, if any, that we may consummate.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51.
SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting
standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and
for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160
is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) in EITF Issue
No. 07-01,
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to the
Development and Commercialization of Intellectual
Property. The EITF concluded that a collaborative
arrangement is one in which the participants are actively
involved and are exposed to significant risks and rewards that
depend on the ultimate commercial success of the endeavor.
Revenue and costs incurred with third parties in connection with
collaborative arrangements would be presented gross or net based
on the criteria in EITF Issue
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent, and other accounting literature. Payments to or
from collaborators would be evaluated and presented based on the
nature of the arrangement and its terms, the nature of the
entitys business, and whether those payments are within
the scope of other accounting literature. The nature and purpose
of collaborative arrangements are to be disclosed along with the
accounting policies and the classification and amounts of
significant financial statement amounts related to the
arrangements. Activities in the
42
arrangement conducted in a separate legal entity should be
accounted for under other accounting literature; however,
required disclosure under EITF Issue
No. 07-01
applies to the entire collaborative agreement. This Issue is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and is to be applied retrospectively to all periods
presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the
effective date. We do not expect the adoption of EITF
No. 07-01
to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP)
142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008, as well as interim
periods within those fiscal years. We are currently in the
process of evaluating the impact of adopting this pronouncement.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. APB
14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). This staff position requires that entities
with convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely
or partially in cash upon conversion should separately account
for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a
manner that reflects the issuers economic interest cost.
The effect of the proposed new rules for the debentures is that
the equity component would be included in the
paid-in-capital
section of shareholders equity on an entitys
consolidated balance sheet and the value of the equity component
would be treated as original issue discount for purposes of
accounting for the debt component of convertible debt. The FSP
will be effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and for interim periods within those
fiscal years, with retrospective application required. Early
adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the
proposed new rules and the impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles
and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the
preparation of financial statements that are presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States. This statement is effective 60 days
following the SECs approval of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411,
The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles. We do not expect
SFAS No. 162 to have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue
07-05,
Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) is
Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock, which addresses the
accounting for certain instruments as derivatives under
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. Under this
pronouncement, specific guidance is provided regarding
requirements for an entity to consider embedded features as
indexed to the entitys own stock. This Issue is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are
currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting
this pronouncement.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP 141R-1, Accounting
for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business
Combination That Arise from Contingencies. This FSP
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized
at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated. This
FSP is effective for the fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. Although the adoption of FSP141R-1 will
not have any impact on our current consolidated financial
statements, we expect that it will affect the accounting
treatment of future acquisitions, if any, that we may consummate.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 157-4,
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of
Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased
and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.
FSP 157-4
provides guidance on how to determine the fair value of assets
and liabilities under SFAS 157 in the current economic
environment and reemphasizes that the objective of a fair value
measurement remains an exit price. If we were to conclude that
there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of
activity of the asset or liability in relation to normal
market activities, quoted market values may not be
representative of fair value and we may conclude that a change
in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation
techniques may be
43
appropriate.
FSP 157-4
is effective for interim and annual periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect
FSP 157-4
to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2,
Recognition and Presentation of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairments.
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2
amend the
other-than-temporary
impairment guidance for debt securities to improve presentation
and disclosure of
other-than-temporary
impairments of debt and equity securities in the financial
statements.
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2
are effective for all reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect either of these FSPs
to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 107-1
and APB
28-1,
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments.
FSP 107-1
and APB 28-1
amend SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value
of Financial Instruments, to require disclosures about
fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in
annual financial statements. This FSP also amends APB Opinion
No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require
those disclosures in all interim financial statements.
FSP 107-1
and APB 28-1
are effective for all reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect these pronouncements to
have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165,
Subsequent Events (SFAS 165).
SFAS 165 establishes general standards of accounting for
and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet data
but before financial statements are issued. SFAS 165 is
effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We are currently evaluating the impact of
this statement.
Recently
Adopted Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157
establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally
accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. The standard applies whenever other
standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be
measured at fair value. The standard does not expand the use of
fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS No. 157 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. The FASB has provided a one-year
deferral for the implementation for other non-financial assets
and liabilities. Earlier application is encouraged. We adopted
the required provisions of SFAS No. 157 on May 1,
2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have any
impact on our consolidated financial statements. For further
information about the adoption of the required provisions of
SFAS No. 157, see Note 14 to our consolidated
financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement 115
that permits entities to choose to measure eligible items at
fair value at specified election dates. Unrealized gains and
losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected
will be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.
The following balance sheet items are within the scope of
SFAS No. 159:
|
|
|
|
|
recognized financial assets and financial liabilities unless a
special exception applies;
|
|
|
|
firm commitments that would otherwise not be recognized at
inception and that involve only financial instruments;
|
|
|
|
non-financial insurance contracts; and
|
|
|
|
most financial instruments resulting from separation of an
embedded non-financial derivative instrument from a
non-financial hybrid instrument.
|
SFAS No. 159 became effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 2007. We did not elect to measure any
items at fair value other than those that had already been
recorded as such. Therefore, the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 did not have any impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
44
In October 2008, the FASB issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the
Market for That Asset Is Not Active.
FSP 157-3
clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in an
inactive market. It demonstrated how the fair value of a
financial asset is determined when the market for that financial
asset is inactive.
FSP 157-3
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which
financial statements had not been issued. The adoption of these
provisions did not have any impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities an Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133. This statement requires entities that
utilize derivative instruments to provide qualitative
disclosures about their objectives and strategies for using such
instruments, as well as any details of credit-risk-related
contingent features contained within derivatives. It also
requires entities to disclose additional information about the
amounts and location of derivatives located within the financial
statements, how the provisions of SFAS No. 133 have
been applied, and the impact that hedges have on an
entitys financial position, financial performance, and
cash flows. This statement was effective for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with
early application encouraged. The adoption of
SFAS No. 161 did not have any impact on our
consolidated financial statements. For further information about
the adoption of the required provisions of
SFAS No. 161, see Note 14 to our consolidated
financial statements.
Contractual
Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table sets forth a summary of our material
contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of
April 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
92,384
|
|
|
$
|
5,578
|
|
|
$
|
6,806
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
1,838
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
43,405
|
|
|
|
43,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term obligations
reflected on the balance
sheet under GAAP
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total obligations
|
|
$
|
139,626
|
|
|
$
|
49,837
|
|
|
$
|
8,671
|
|
|
$
|
976
|
|
|
$
|
80,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On December 15, 2006, we issued and sold an aggregate of
$80.0 million of senior convertible notes due 2026 to
qualified institutional buyers, pursuant to the terms and
conditions of an indenture and securities purchase agreement,
each dated as of December 15, 2006. The notes are
convertible into shares of our common stock, initially at a
conversion price of approximately $12.34 per share (subject to
adjustment in certain events), or 81.0636 shares per $1,000
principal amount of notes. The notes may be converted at any
time. The notes pay interest on June 15 and December 15 of each
year at an annual rate of 4% of the unpaid principal amount. On
or after December 15, 2009 until December 15, 2011, we
may at our election redeem all or a portion of the notes at a
redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes
plus accrued and unpaid interest only if the closing price of
our common stock for no fewer than 20 trading days in any period
of 30 consecutive trading days exceeds 150% of the then
applicable conversion price of the notes. After
December 15, 2011, we may redeem at our election all or a
portion of the notes at a redemption price of 100% of the
principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Holders of the notes may require us to repurchase all or part of
their notes on December 15, 2011, December 15, 2016,
or December 15, 2021, and in the event of a fundamental
change in our company, at a price of 100% of the principal
amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, including
contingent interest. If not redeemed by us or repaid pursuant to
the holders right to require repurchase, the notes mature
on December 15, 2026. Included in the above
$92.4 million of long-term debt obligation is
$6.4 million of contractually obligated interest payments
pertaining to the $80.0 million in convertible debt. This
amount represents interest payments through December 15,
2011, or the first redemption milestone. We may be required to
pay additional interest
45
subsequent to December 15, 2011 redemption date; however,
due to the uncertainty of subsequent interest payments, they are
not reflected in the above table.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any transactions, arrangements, or other
relationships with unconsolidated entities that are reasonably
likely to affect our liquidity or capital resources. We have no
special purpose or limited purpose entities that provide
off-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk
support or that engage in leasing, hedging, research and
development services, or other relationships that expose us to
liability that is not reflected on the face of the financial
statements.
Restatement/SEC
Inquiry
In August 2003, we amended various reports previously filed with
the SEC to modify certain accounting matters related to our
acquisition of Smith & Wesson Corp. We restated our
Form 10-KSB
Report for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2002 as well as
our
Form 10-QSB
Reports for the quarters ended July 31, 2001 and 2002,
October 31, 2001 and 2002, and January 31, 2002 and
2003. The
Form 10-KSB
Report for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2003 was filed
in December 2003 and included restated financial statements for
fiscal 2002. The amended
Form 10-QSB
Reports for the July and October quarters were filed in January
2004, and the amended
Form 10-QSB
Reports for the January quarters were filed in March 2004. The
SEC conducted an informal inquiry regarding the circumstances
surrounding the restatement and, on June 18, 2009, notified
us that it had completed its investigation and was not
recommending any enforcement action against us.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
|
We do not enter into any market risk sensitive instruments for
trading purposes. Our principal market risk relates to changes
in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar. A
portion of our gross revenue during the three and 12 months
ended April 30, 2009 ($11.5 million and
$31.5 million, respectively, representing approximately
11.6% and 10.6%, respectively, of aggregate gross revenue) came
from the sale of goods that were purchased, wholly or partially,
from a European manufacturer, in euros. Annually, we purchase
approximately $20.0 million of inventory from a European
supplier. This exposes us to risk from foreign exchange rate
fluctuations. A 10% drop in the value of the U.S. dollar in
relation to the euro would, to the extent not covered through
price adjustments, reduce our gross profit on that
$20.0 million of inventory by approximately
$2.0 million. In an effort to offset our risks from
unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuations, we periodically enter
into euro participating forward options under which we purchase
euros to be used to pay the European manufacturer. As of
April 30, 2009, we had no forward contracts remaining as
the last contract was exhausted in April 2009. We will continue
to review the dollar/euro relationship and will purchase euros
at the spot rate until such time that we determine that our
foreign exchange risk will be best mitigated by entering into
one or more forward contracts.
Participating forward options provide full protection for us
against the depreciation of the U.S. dollar to the euro and
partial benefit from the appreciation of the U.S. dollar to
the euro. If the euro strengthens above the average rate, we
will not pay more than the average rate. If the euro weakens
below the average rate, 50% of the euros are at the average rate
and the remaining 50% of the euros are paid for at the spot
rate. Each option, unless used on the first day, will be
converted to a forward contract, due when needed during the
month at a slight up charge in rate. During the three and
12 months ended April 30, 2009, we experienced a net
unfavorable opportunity cost of $304,000 and $613,000,
respectively, on foreign exchange transactions that we executed
during the period in an effort to limit our exposure to
fluctuations in the euro/dollar exchange rate.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
Reference is made to the financial statements, the notes
thereto, and the report thereon, commencing on
page F-1
of this report, which financial statements, notes, and report
are incorporated herein by reference.
46
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Conclusions
Regarding Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as of
April 30, 2009, concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information
required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit
under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized, and
reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated
to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined
in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation
of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission. Managements report on our
internal control over financial reporting is presented on
page F-2
of this report. The effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of April 30, 2009 has been audited
by BDO Seidman LLP, an independent registered public accounting
firm, as stated in its report below.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal controls over
financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls
and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all error
and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived
and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact
that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of
controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of
the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation
of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control
issues, misstatements, errors, and instances of fraud, if any,
within our company have been or will be prevented or detected.
Further, internal controls may become inadequate as a result of
changes in conditions, or through the deterioration of the
degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
47
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation
Springfield, Massachusetts
We have audited Smith & Wesson Holding
Corporations (the Company) internal control
over financial reporting as of April 30, 2009, based upon
the criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Managements Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Companys internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records, that, in reasonable detail, accurately,
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of April 30, 2009, based on the
COSO criteria.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Smith & Wesson Holding
Corporation as of April 30, 2009 and 2008 and the related
consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive
income/(loss), stockholders equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2009 and
our report dated June 30, 2009 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.
BDO Seidman, LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
June 30, 2009
48
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information
|
Not applicable.
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
The information required by this Item relating to our directors
and corporate governance is incorporated herein by reference to
the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders. The information required by this Item
relating to our executive officers is included in Item 1,
Business Executive Officers of this
report.
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant
to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant
to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant
to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant
to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) Financial Statements and Financial Statement
Schedules
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on
page F-1
of this report.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is set
forth on
page F-50
of this report.
(b) Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 15, 2006, by
and among the Registrant, SWAC-TC, Inc., Bear Lake Acquisition
Corp., TGV Partners-TCA Investors, LLC, E.G. Kendrick Jr., and
Gregory J. Ritz(1)
|
|
2
|
.8
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 18, 2009,
among the Registrant, SWAC-USR I, Inc., SWAC-USR II, Inc.,
Universal Safety Response, Inc., and William C. Cohen, Jr., as
Stockholders Representative(24)
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation(2)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws(3)
|
|
3
|
.9
|
|
Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock(4)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate(5)
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Saf-T-Hammer Corporation
and Colton Melby dated May 6, 2001(6)
|
|
4
|
.10
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 15, 2006,
among the Registrant and the purchasers named therein(7)
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
4
|
.11
|
|
Indenture, dated December 15, 2006, between the Registrant
and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.(7)
|
|
4
|
.12
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and
between the Registrant and Interwest Transfer Company, Inc., as
Rights Agent(4)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Trademark Agency Agreement with UMAREX dated March 11,
2000(8)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Agreement with Walther/ UMAREX, dated August 1, 1999(8)
|
|
10
|
.5(a)
|
|
Trademark License Agreement with UMAREX/ Gutman Cutlery dated
July 1, 2000(8)
|
|
10
|
.5(b)*
|
|
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued on December 6,
2004 between the Registrant and Michael F. Golden(9)
|
|
10
|
.5(c)*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2007 between
the Registrant and Michael F. Golden(10)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Agreement with Western Mass Electric dated July 6, 1998(8)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Agreement with Western Mass Electric dated December 18,
2000(8)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Settlement Agreement with Dept. of Treasury and HUD dated
March 17, 2000(8)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Letter Agreement with Dept. of Treasury and HUD dated
May 2, 2000(8)
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Trademark License Agreement with Canadian Security Agency dated
May 31, 1996(8)
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Master Supply Agreement with Remington Arms dated August 1,
2001(11)
|
|
10
|
.23*
|
|
2001 Stock Option Plan(9)
|
|
10
|
.24*
|
|
2004 Incentive Stock Plan(9)
|
|
10
|
.25*
|
|
Form of Option to 2001 Stock Option Plan(12)
|
|
10
|
.26*
|
|
2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan(12)
|
|
10
|
.27*
|
|
Form of Subscription Agreement to 2001 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan(12)
|
|
10
|
.28*
|
|
Amendments to 2004 Incentive Stock Plan(13)
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement with Springfield Redevelopment
Authority(14)
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Environmental Agreement with Springfield Redevelopment
Authority(14)
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Promissory Note from Springfield Redevelopment Authority(14)
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2006,
among the Registrant and the purchasers named therein(7)
|
|
10
|
.40
|
|
Agreement with Carl Walther GmbH(15)
|
|
10
|
.51**
|
|
Agreement with Respect to Defense of Smith & Wesson:
Firearms Litigation, dated as of November 11, 2004(16)
|
|
10
|
.55
|
|
Amendment to Agreements with Carl Walther GmbH(17)
|
|
10
|
.56*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan(18)
|
|
10
|
.57
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2007, among
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation, Smith &
Wesson Corp., and Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., as
Borrowers, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative
Agent, and the Lenders party thereto(19)
|
|
10
|
.57(a)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Assignment and
Acceptance of Collateral Documents, dated as of October 31,
2008, among Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation,
Smith & Wesson Corp., and Thompson/Center Arms
Company, Inc., as Borrowers, the other Credit Parties named
therein, the Lenders named therein, Toronto Dominion (Texas)
LLC, as resigning Administrative Agent, and TD Bank, N.A., as
successor Administrative Agent(22)
|
|
10
|
.57(b)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Assignment and
Acceptance of Collateral Documents, dated as of March 12,
2009, among Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation,
Smith & Wesson corp., and Thompson/Center Arms
Company, Inc., as Borrowers, the other Credit Parties named
therein, the Lenders named therein, and TD Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent(23)
|
|
10
|
.58
|
|
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30,
2007, by and among Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation,
Smith & Wesson Corp., and Thompson/Center Arms
Company, Inc., as Borrowers, and the Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative
Agent(19)
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
10
|
.58(a)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as
of October 31, 2008, by and among Smith & Wesson
Holding Corporation, the other Pledgors named therein, and
Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent(22)
|
|
10
|
.59
|
|
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of November 30,
2007, by Smith & Wesson Corp. and Thompson/Center Arms
Company, Inc. in favor of Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as
Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.60
|
|
Patent Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2007,
by Smith & Wesson Corp., Thompson/Center Arms Company,
Inc., and Bear Lake Holdings, Inc. in favor of Toronto Dominion
(Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.61
|
|
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of November 30,
2007, by Smith & Wesson Corp., Smith &
Wesson Holding Corporation, Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc.,
and Bear Lake Holdings, Inc. in favor of Toronto Dominion
(Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.62
|
|
Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and
Fixture Filing, dated as of November 30, 2007, between
Smith & Wesson Corp. and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC,
as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.63
|
|
Open-End Mortgage Deed, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases
and Rents and Fixture Filing, dated as of November 30,
2007, between Smith & Wesson Corp. and Toronto
Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.64
|
|
Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and
Fixture Filing, dated as of November 30, 2007, between O.L.
Development, Inc. and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as
Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.65
|
|
Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of November 30, 2007, by and
among each of the Guarantors party thereto and Toronto Dominion
(Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.66
|
|
Operating Companies Guarantee, dated as of November 30,
2007, by and among Smith & Wesson Corp.,
Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., the other Guarantors party
thereto, and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative
Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.67
|
|
Holdings/Thompson/Center Arms Guaranty, dated as of
November 30, 2007, by and among Smith & Wesson
Holding Corporation, Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., the
other Guarantors party thereto, and Toronto Dominion (Texas)
LLC, as Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.68
|
|
Holdings/Smith & Wesson Corp. Guaranty, dated as of
November 30, 2007, by and among Smith & Wesson
Holding Corporation, Smith & Wesson Corp., the other
Guarantors party thereto, and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as
Administrative Agent(19)
|
|
10
|
.69*
|
|
Severance and Change in Control Agreement, dated as of
July 1, 2008 with William F. Spengler(20)
|
|
10
|
.70*
|
|
Severance Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2008, by and
between the Registrant and Leland A. Nichols(21)
|
|
10
|
.71
|
|
Voting Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2009, by and among
the Registrant, SWAC-USR I, Inc., and the Principal Stockholders
named therein(24)
|
|
10
|
.72*
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
|
|
10
|
.73*
|
|
Severance Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Kenneth W. Chandler
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensatory arrangement |
|
** |
|
An application has been submitted to the Securities and Exchange
Commission for confidential treatment, pursuant to
Rule 24b-2
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of portions of this
exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this exhibit. |
51
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 18, 2006. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on
August 11, 2004. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 5, 2007. |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-A
filed with the SEC on August 25, 2005. |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form S-3
(No. 333-136842)
filed with the SEC on August 23, 2006. |
|
(6) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on May 29, 2001. |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 18, 2006. |
|
(8) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-QSB
filed with the SEC on August 13, 2001. |
|
(9) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form S-8
(No. 333-128804)
filed with the SEC on October 4, 2005. |
|
(10) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on November 16, 2007. |
|
(11) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-QSB
filed with the SEC on September 14, 2001. |
|
(12) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on
December 28, 2001. |
|
(13) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on
August 14, 2006. |
|
(14) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-KSB
filed with the SEC on December 18, 2003. |
|
(15) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-K
filed with the SEC on July 16, 2004. |
|
(16) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-Q
filed with the SEC on March 10, 2005. |
|
(17) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 10-Q
filed with the SEC on March 17, 2006. |
|
(18) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on May 19, 2006. |
|
(19) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 6, 2007. |
|
(20) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on July 3, 2008. |
|
(21) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 25, 2008. |
|
(22) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on November 5, 2008. |
|
(23) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on March 17, 2009. |
|
(24) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on June 19, 2009. |
52
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
smith &
wesson holding corporation
Michael F. Golden
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: June 30, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
F. Golden
Michael
F. Golden
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
F. Spengler
William
F. Spengler
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Barry
M. Monheit
Barry
M. Monheit
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
L. Scott
Robert
L. Scott
|
|
Vice Chairman of the Board
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey
D. Buchanan
Jeffrey
D. Buchanan
|
|
Director
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
B. Furman
John
B. Furman
|
|
Director
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mitchell
A. Saltz
Mitchell
A. Saltz
|
|
Director
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
M. Stone
David
M. Stone
|
|
Director
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ I.
Marie Wadecki
I.
Marie Wadecki
|
|
Director
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
53
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income/(Loss) and Comprehensive
Income/(Loss) for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and
2007
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity
for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
F-50
|
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation (the
Company) is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting,
as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. With the participation
of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer,
management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
April 30, 2009 as required by
Rule 13a-15(c)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company utilized
the criteria and framework established by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in
Internal Control Integrated Framework in
performing this assessment. Based on this evaluation, management
concluded that the Companys internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2009.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements.
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporations independent
auditor, BDO Seidman, LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
April 30, 2009 as stated in their report, which appears in
Item 9A on page 48 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Michael F. Golden
President and Chief Executive Officer
William F. Spengler
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer
F-2
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation
Springfield, Massachusetts
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation and subsidiaries as
of April 30, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated
statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss),
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended April 30, 2009. We have also
audited the schedule listed in the accompanying index for the
years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007. These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation and
subsidiaries at April 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended April 30, 2009, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
Also, in our opinion, the schedule referred to above presents
fairly, in all material respects, the information for the years
ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of Smith & Wesson Holding
Corporations internal control over financial reporting as
of April 30, 2009 based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 30, 2009
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
BDO Seidman, LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
June 30, 2009
F-3
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
As
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value and share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
4,359
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$2,386 on April 30, 2009 and $197 on April 30, 2008
|
|
|
48,232
|
|
|
|
54,163
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
41,729
|
|
|
|
47,160
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
3,093
|
|
|
|
4,725
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
9,947
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
145,381
|
|
|
|
122,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
51,135
|
|
|
|
50,643
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
5,940
|
|
|
|
65,501
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,173
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
6,632
|
|
|
|
10,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
210,231
|
|
|
$
|
289,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
21,009
|
|
|
$
|
21,996
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
17,606
|
|
|
|
17,246
|
|
Accrued payroll
|
|
|
7,462
|
|
|
|
5,046
|
|
Accrued income taxes
|
|
|
2,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued taxes other than income
|
|
|
2,208
|
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
Accrued profit sharing
|
|
|
6,208
|
|
|
|
4,035
|
|
Accrued product liability
|
|
|
3,418
|
|
|
|
2,767
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
4,287
|
|
|
|
1,692
|
|
Current portion of notes payable
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
|
8,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
67,366
|
|
|
|
63,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable, net of current portion
|
|
|
83,606
|
|
|
|
118,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
8,633
|
|
|
|
9,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 20,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 48,967,938 shares issued and
47,767,938 shares outstanding on April 30, 2009 and
41,832,039 shares issued and 40,632,039 shares
outstanding on April 30, 2008
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
91,103
|
|
|
|
54,128
|
|
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
(34,203
|
)
|
|
|
30,004
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost (1,200,000 common shares)
|
|
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
50,626
|
|
|
|
77,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
210,231
|
|
|
$
|
289,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net product and services sales
|
|
$
|
334,955
|
|
|
$
|
295,910
|
|
|
$
|
236,552
|
|
Cost of products and services sold
|
|
|
237,167
|
|
|
|
203,535
|
|
|
|
160,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
97,788
|
|
|
|
92,375
|
|
|
|
76,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
2,906
|
|
|
|
1,946
|
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
28,378
|
|
|
|
27,857
|
|
|
|
22,362
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
40,983
|
|
|
|
38,432
|
|
|
|
28,300
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets (Note 3)
|
|
|
98,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
170,510
|
|
|
|
68,235
|
|
|
|
51,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) from operations
|
|
|
(72,722
|
)
|
|
|
24,140
|
|
|
|
24,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income/(expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income/(expense), net
|
|
|
(806
|
)
|
|
|
(723
|
)
|
|
|
(497
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5,892
|
)
|
|
|
(8,743
|
)
|
|
|
(3,569
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense, net
|
|
|
(6,403
|
)
|
|
|
(9,344
|
)
|
|
|
(3,849
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(79,125
|
)
|
|
|
14,796
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
Income tax expense/(benefit)
|
|
|
(14,918
|
)
|
|
|
5,675
|
|
|
|
7,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss)/comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding, basic
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
|
40,279
|
|
|
|
39,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss) per share, basic
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding, diluted (Note 3)
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
|
41,939
|
|
|
|
41,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss) per share, diluted (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at April 30, 2006
|
|
|
39,311
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
33,278
|
|
|
$
|
8,016
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,333
|
|
Exercise of warrants, net of issuance cost
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,012
|
|
Exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
617
|
|
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation in excess of book
deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
Treasury stock buy-back
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
|
(6,396
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,962
|
|
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 30, 2007
|
|
|
40,983
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
44,409
|
|
|
$
|
20,978
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,105
|
|
Exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
Cashless exercise of warrants
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,885
|
|
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation in excess of book
deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,601
|
|
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Interpretation No. 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,121
|
|
Issuance of common stock under restricted stock unit awards
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 30, 2008
|
|
|
41,832
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
54,128
|
|
|
$
|
30,004
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
$
|
77,851
|
|
Issuance of common stock in connection with an equity offering,
net of costs of $2,329
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
32,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,046
|
|
Exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
Disgorgement of profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation in excess of book
deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,207
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock under restricted stock unit awards
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 30, 2009
|
|
|
48,967
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
91,103
|
|
|
$
|
(34,203
|
)
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
(6,396
|
)
|
|
$
|
50,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and depreciation
|
|
|
12,670
|
|
|
|
12,550
|
|
|
|
7,473
|
|
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
|
|
|
2,312
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
98,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(23,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,602
|
)
|
|
|
(2,243
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
|
|
4,885
|
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
3,619
|
|
|
|
(2,457
|
)
|
|
|
(16,981
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
5,431
|
|
|
|
(15,138
|
)
|
|
|
(1,979
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
Income tax receivable/payable
|
|
|
4,608
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
997
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
(640
|
)
|
|
|
4,214
|
|
Accrued payroll
|
|
|
2,416
|
|
|
|
(2,325
|
)
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
Accrued profit sharing
|
|
|
2,173
|
|
|
|
(1,835
|
)
|
|
|
2,619
|
|
Accrued taxes other than income
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
(902
|
)
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
Accrued other expenses
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
7,149
|
|
|
|
3,487
|
|
Accrued product liability
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
(410
|
)
|
|
|
114
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
2,595
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2,277
|
|
|
|
(644
|
)
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(828
|
)
|
|
|
(317
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
53,063
|
|
|
|
6,004
|
|
|
|
15,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Payments for the purchase of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. and
direct acquisition costs, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(103,342
|
)
|
Payments to acquire patents
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Payments to acquire property and equipment
|
|
|
(9,436
|
)
|
|
|
(13,951
|
)
|
|
|
(15,657
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities
|
|
|
(9,452
|
)
|
|
|
(14,161
|
)
|
|
|
(118,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from loans and notes payable
|
|
|
22,698
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
44,683
|
|
Debt issue costs bank debt
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
(612
|
)
|
|
|
(308
|
)
|
Proceeds from convertible debt issuance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
Debt issue costs convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(4,297
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
32,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from disgorgement of profit
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of options to acquire common stock
including employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
2,234
|
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants to acquire common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,012
|
|
Payments to acquire treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,396
|
)
|
Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
2,601
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
Payments on loans and notes payable
|
|
|
(64,408
|
)
|
|
|
(28,148
|
)
|
|
|
(17,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided/(used) by financing activities
|
|
|
(8,148
|
)
|
|
|
8,451
|
|
|
|
105,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
35,463
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
3,334
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
4,359
|
|
|
|
4,065
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
4,359
|
|
|
$
|
4,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
4,710
|
|
|
$
|
6,892
|
|
|
$
|
1,962
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
5,459
|
|
|
|
6,714
|
|
|
|
6,539
|
|
F-7
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Activities:
On January 3, 2007, we acquired Bear Lake Acquisition Corp.
and subsidiaries (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,706
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,941
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
Deferred income tax asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,029
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,978
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,661
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,314
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(2,305
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,960
|
)
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,965
|
)
|
Cash paid for purchase of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. and
subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(103,342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Organization We are one of the worlds
leading manufacturers of firearms. We manufacture a wide array
of pistols, revolvers, tactical rifles, hunting rifles, black
powder firearms, handcuffs, and firearm-related products and
accessories for sale to a wide variety of customers, including
gun enthusiasts, collectors, hunters, sportsmen, competitive
shooters, protection focused individuals, law enforcement
agencies and officers, and military agencies in the United
States and throughout the world. We manufacture these products
at our facilities in Springfield, Massachusetts; Houlton, Maine;
and Rochester, New Hampshire. In addition, we pursue
opportunities to license our name and trademarks to third
parties for use in association with their products and services.
On May 11, 2001, we purchased all of the outstanding stock
of Smith & Wesson Corp. from U.K.-based Tomkins.
Smith & Wesson Corp. and its predecessors have been in
business since 1852.
On January 3, 2007, we purchased all the outstanding stock
of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp., now known as Thompson Center
Holding Corporation (see Note 2). This acquisition was
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
Accordingly, the results of operations from the acquired
business have been included in our consolidated financial
statements since the acquisition date.
|
|
2.
|
Acquisition
of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. (Thompson/Center Arms)
|
On January 3, 2007, we completed the acquisition of all of
the outstanding capital stock of Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. and
its subsidiaries, including Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc.
The aggregate purchase price was $103,500, which consisted of
$102,000 in cash and $1,500 in estimated direct acquisition
costs. Thompson/Center Arms is a brand recognized by hunting
enthusiasts with a leading position in the black powder segment
of the long gun market. In addition to a leadership position in
the long gun market, Thompson/Center Arms also brings expertise
in long gun barrel manufacturing, which will assist us in our
plans to expand further into the long gun market. See
Note 24 for pro forma income statement information related
to this acquisition. This acquisition was accounted for under
the purchase method pursuant to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141,
Business Combinations. The balances recorded in
fiscal 2007 were adjusted in fiscal 2008 for changes in deferred
taxes for a reduction in estimated state tax rates, partially
offset by adjustments to product liability, workers
compensation, and legal reserves.
F-9
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase
price:
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
102,000
|
|
Transaction costs
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase consideration
|
|
$
|
103,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
7,706
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
10,941
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,694
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
2,876
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
5,978
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
70,700
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
41,173
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
143,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,747
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
2,306
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
27,415
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
39,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
103,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the agreement, Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. has indemnified
us for losses arising from environmental conditions related to
its manufacturing activities. Of the purchase price, $8,000 was
placed in an escrow account, pending an environmental
remediation study of the manufacturing site in Rochester, New
Hampshire. In November 2008, $2,500 of the escrow account was
released to the sellers. We are currently working on a
remediation action plan with the sellers in order to remediate
the environmental contamination found at the site. It is not
currently possible to estimate the ultimate amount of all
remediation costs. As of April 30, 2009, approximately
$1,221 of the escrow had been spent on safety and environmental
testing and remediation activities. We believe the likelihood of
environmental remediation costs exceeding the amount in escrow
to be remote.
We amortize customer relationships in proportion to the expected
yearly revenue generated from the customer lists acquired. We
amortize other finite-lived identifiable intangible assets on a
straight-line basis. The following are
F-10
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
the identifiable intangible assets acquired and their respective
weighted average lives prior to the impairment charge recorded
in fiscal 2009 (see Note 3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
(In years)
|
|
|
Developed technology
|
|
$
|
7,800
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
46,400
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
15,900
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Use of Estimates The preparation of our
consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement
dates and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the reporting periods. Our significant estimates include
accruals for warranty, product liability, workers
compensation, environmental liability, excess and obsolete
inventory, forfeiture rates on stock-based awards, asset
impairments, and medical claims payable. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Reclassification Certain amounts presented in
the prior periods consolidated financial statements
related to inventory, revenue, and accrued expenses have been
reclassified to conform to the current periods
presentation.
Principles of Consolidation The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation and its wholly
owned subsidiaries Smith & Wesson Corp.,
Smith & Wesson Firearms Training Centre GmbH
(Germany), Thompson Center Holding Corporation, K.W. Thompson
Tool Company, Inc., Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., O.L.
Development, Inc., Bear Lake Holdings, Inc. (inactive), and Fox
Ridge Outfitters, Inc. The year-end of our wholly owned
subsidiaries, Smith & Wesson Corp. and Thompson/Center
Arms Company, Inc., was May 3, 2009 and April 27,
2008, a
three-day
variance to our reported fiscal year ends of April 30, 2009
and April 30, 2008, respectively. These variances did not
create any material difference in the financial statements as
presented. In our opinion, all adjustments, which include only
normal recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present the
financial position, results of operations, changes in
stockholders equity, and cash flows at April 30, 2009
and April 30, 2008 and for the periods presented have been
included. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Unless
otherwise indicated, the fair values of all reported assets and
liabilities, which represent financial instruments not held for
trading purposes, approximate the carrying values of such
amounts because of their short-term nature.
Derivative Instruments We account for
derivative instruments under SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, as amended. SFAS 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments
and hedging activities and requires us to recognize these
instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet
and measure them at fair value. We have purchased foreign
exchange forward contracts to minimize the impact of
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates (see Note 14).
Cash and Cash Equivalents We consider all
highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of
three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash
equivalents. We maintain our cash in bank deposit accounts that,
at times, may exceed federally insured limits. We have not
experienced any losses in such accounts.
F-11
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Trade Receivables We extend credit to our
domestic customers and some foreign distributors based on their
financial condition. We offer discounts for early payment. When
we determine that extension of credit is not advisable, we rely
on either a prepayment or a letter of credit. We sometimes place
past due balances for collection with an outside agency after
90 days. We write off balances deemed uncollectible by us
against our allowance for doubtful accounts. We estimate our
allowance for doubtful accounts using knowledge of our
customers financial situations and past payment history.
Concentrations of Credit Risk Financial
instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of
credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, and
trade receivables. We place our cash and cash equivalents in
overnight U.S. government securities. Concentrations of
credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited by the
large number of customers comprising our customer base and their
geographic and business dispersion. We perform ongoing credit
evaluations of our customers financial condition and
generally do not require collateral.
One customer accounted for approximately 11%, 9%, and 10% of our
net product sales for the fiscal years ended April 30,
2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. This customer owed us
approximately $3,092, or 6% of total accounts receivable, as of
April 30, 2009 and $4,443, or 8% of total accounts
receivable, as of April 30, 2008.
Inventories We value inventories, consisting
primarily of finished firearm components, finished firearms, and
related products and accessories, at the lower of cost, using
the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, or market. An allowance for potential
non-saleable inventory due to excess stock or obsolescence is
based upon a detailed review of inventory components, past
history, and expected future usage.
Other Comprehensive Income
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income, requires companies to report all components of
comprehensive income in their financial statements, including
all non-owner transactions and events that impact their equity,
even if those items do not directly affect net income (loss).
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and
unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net
of tax, as presented in our consolidated statements of income
and comprehensive income. For the years ended April 30,
2009, 2008, and 2007, comprehensive income was equal to net
income.
Property, Plant, and Equipment We record
property, plant, and equipment, consisting of land, building,
improvements, machinery, equipment, computers, furniture, and
fixtures, at cost and depreciate them using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives. We charge expenditures
for maintenance and repairs to earnings as incurred; and we
capitalize additions, renewals, and betterments. Upon the
retirement or other disposition of property and equipment, we
remove the related cost and accumulated depreciation from the
respective accounts and include any gain or loss in operations.
A summary of the estimated useful lives is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
|
10 to 40 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
2 to 10 years
|
|
We capitalize tooling, dies, and fixtures as part of machinery
and equipment and depreciate them over a period not exceeding
five years.
Intangible Assets We amortize intangible
assets over their estimated useful lives, which range from four
months to 20 years. See Note 10 for additional
information regarding intangible assets.
Valuation of Long-lived Assets We evaluate
the recoverability of long-lived assets, or asset groups,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such evaluations
indicate that the related future undiscounted cash flows are not
sufficient to recover the carrying values of the assets, such
carrying values are reduced to fair value and this adjusted
carrying value becomes the assets new cost basis. We
determine fair value primarily using future anticipated cash
flows that are directly associated with and that are expected to
arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of
the asset, or
F-12
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
asset group, discounted using an interest rate commensurate with
the risk involved. As noted below, we determined that there was
a $98,243 impairment to long-lived assets in fiscal 2009.
Revenue Recognition We recognize revenue when
the following four basic criteria have been met:
(1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided;
(3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and
(4) collection is reasonably assured. We report revenue net
of shipping costs and revenue-based taxes, including sales, use,
and federal excise taxes, when applicable.
Product sales account for a substantial portion of our revenue.
We recognize revenue from product sales when the earnings
process is complete and the risks and rewards of ownership have
transferred to the customer, which is generally upon shipment.
We also provide tooling, forging, heat treating, finishing,
plating, and engineering support services to customers. We
recognize this revenue when accepted by the customer, when no
further contingencies or material performance obligations exist,
and when collectibility is reasonably assured, thereby earning
us the right to receive and retain payments for services
performed and billed.
We recognize trademark-licensing revenue for individual
licensees based on historical experience and expected cash
receipts from licensees. This revenue consists of minimum
royalties
and/or a
percentage of a licensees sales on licensed products.
Under our current licensing agreements, this revenue is payable
on a calendar quarter basis. We recognize non-refundable license
fees received upon initial signing of license agreements as
revenue when no future service is required on our part. As a
result of a combination of uncertain factors regarding existing
licensees, including current and past payment performance,
market acceptance of the licensees product, and
insufficient historical experience, we believe that reasonable
assurance of collectibility of future license amounts does not
exist. Therefore, we do not recognize minimum royalty payments
upon contract signing but instead record royalty revenue monthly
when the royalty can be reasonably estimated for that month and
payment is assured. As of April 30, 2009, estimated minimum
royalties to be collected in the future amounted to
approximately $7,283 as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
Royalty
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,311
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,400
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
2014
|
|
|
726
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum royalties
|
|
$
|
7,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment and Geographic Information
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information, requires public
companies to report financial and descriptive information about
their reportable operating segments. We identify our operating
segments based on how we internally evaluate separate financial
information, business activities, and management responsibility.
At the present time, we believe we operate in a single business
segment. Through April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we have
had no material personnel or facilities outside of the United
States. Sales outside of the United States is detailed in
Note 5.
F-13
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following is a breakdown of our net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
(Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Firearms
|
|
$
|
313.0
|
|
|
|
93.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
274.1
|
|
|
|
92.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
221.3
|
|
|
|
93.5
|
%
|
Handcuffs
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
Specialty services
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Other products and services
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
335.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
295.9
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
236.6
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development We engage in both
internal and external research and development
(R&D) in order to remain competitive and to
exploit possible untapped market opportunities. Executive
management approves prospective R&D projects after analysis
of the cost and benefits associated with the potential product.
Costs in R&D expense include, among other items, salaries,
materials, utilities, and administrative costs.
In fiscal 2009, we spent approximately $2,906 on research
activities relating to the development of new products. In
fiscal 2008, we spent approximately $1,946 on research
activities. In fiscal 2007, we spent approximately $1,248 on
research activities.
Earnings per Share We calculate basic and
diluted earnings per common share in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share. Basic earnings per common share equals net income
divided by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share
equals net income divided by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the period, including the
effect of outstanding stock options, warrants, and other
stock-based instruments, if their effect is dilutive.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the
income/(loss) amounts and weighted average number of common and
common equivalent shares used to determine basic and diluted
earnings per share (in thousands except per share data).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Basic earnings/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
|
40,279
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
|
|
39,655
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,746
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings/(loss)
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
|
|
46,802
|
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
|
|
41,939
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
12,961
|
|
|
|
41,401
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, 6,485,084 shares of our
common stock issuable upon conversion of the $80,000 convertible
notes were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per
share because the effect would be antidilutive. Options and
warrants to purchase 1,903,363; 216,000; and 0 shares,
respectively, of our common stock were excluded from the fiscal
2009, 2008, and 2007 computation of diluted earnings per share
because the effect would be antidilutive.
Valuation of Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets and
Goodwill We have significant long-lived tangible
and intangible assets which are susceptible to valuation
adjustments as a result of changes in various factors or
conditions. The most significant long-lived tangible and
intangible assets are fixed assets, developed technology,
customer relationships, patents, trademarks, and tradenames. We
amortize all finite-lived intangible assets either on a
straight-line basis or based upon patterns in which we expect to
utilize the economic benefits of such assets. With
F-14
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
the exception of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite
lives, we initially determine the values of intangible assets by
a risk-adjusted, discounted cash flow approach. We assess the
potential impairment of identifiable intangible assets and fixed
assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying values may not be recoverable and at least
annually. Factors we consider important, which could trigger an
impairment of such assets, include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
significant underperformance relative to historical or projected
future operating results;
|
|
|
|
significant changes in the manner of or use of the assets or the
strategy for our overall business;
|
|
|
|
significant negative industry or economic trends;
|
|
|
|
significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period; and
|
|
|
|
a decline in our market capitalization below net book value.
|
Future adverse changes in these or other unforeseeable factors
could result in an impairment charge that would materially
impact future results of operations and financial position in
the reporting period identified.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, we test goodwill and intangible assets
with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis as of
the end of our fiscal third quarter and between annual tests if
indicators of potential impairment exist. The impairment test
compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying
amount, including goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite
lives, to assess whether impairment is present. We have reviewed
the provisions of SFAS 142 with respect to the criteria
necessary to evaluate the number of reporting units that exist.
Based on our review of SFAS 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, we have
determined that we operate in two reporting units: one for our
Springfield, Massachusetts and Houlton, Maine facilities and a
second for our Rochester, New Hampshire facility. Goodwill
recorded on our books is associated only with the Rochester, New
Hampshire reporting unit as it arose out of our acquisition of
Thompson/Center Arms on January 3, 2007. Based on a
combination of factors occurring during fiscal 2009, including
the current economic environment and market conditions in the
hunting industry, we determined that indicators for impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets existed in our Rochester,
New Hampshire reporting unit. As a result, we conducted an
evaluation of these assets pursuant to SFAS 142. Based on
lower order intake in the past several quarters and lower than
expected operating profits and cash flows in this reporting
unit, the earnings forecast for the next ten years was revised.
The fair value of this reporting unit was estimated using the
expected present value of future cash flows. Based on the work
performed, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $41,173
during the three months ended October 31, 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we
periodically review long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or
that the useful lives of those assets are no longer appropriate.
Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the
undiscounted cash flows to the recorded carrying value for the
asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to
its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow
analysis. As noted above, economic and market conditions
affecting the Rochester, New Hampshire reporting unit
required us to test for impairment of long-lived assets
pertaining to that location during the second quarter of fiscal
2009. Based on this assessment, under SFAS 144, we recorded
an impairment charge of $57,070 to reflect the excess of the
carrying value of long-lived intangible assets over the
discounted cash flows. No impairment charges were taken in
fiscal 2008 or 2007 based on the review of long-lived assets
under SFAS 144. See Note 10 Intangible
Assets.
Significant judgments and estimates are involved in determining
the useful lives of our long-lived assets, determining what
reporting units exist, and assessing when events or
circumstances would require an interim impairment analysis of
goodwill or other long-lived assets to be performed. Changes in
our organization or our management reporting structure, as well
as other events and circumstances, including technological
advances,
F-15
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
increased competition, and changing economic or market
conditions, could result in (a) shorter estimated useful
lives, (b) additional reporting units, which may require
alternative methods of estimating fair values or greater
disaggregation or aggregation in our analysis by reporting unit,
and (c) other changes in previous assumptions or estimates.
In turn, this could have an additional impact on our
consolidated financial statements through accelerated
amortization and impairment charges.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year
ended April 30, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of April 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
41,173
|
|
Impairment loss
|
|
|
(41,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of April 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Acquisition We completed a
significant business acquisition in fiscal 2007, which resulted
in significant goodwill and other intangible asset balances. Our
business strategy contemplates that we may consummate additional
acquisitions in the future. Our accounting for acquisitions
involves significant judgments and estimates, including the fair
value of certain forms of consideration, the fair value of
acquired intangible assets, which involve projections of future
revenue and cash flows, the fair value of other acquired assets
and assumed liabilities, including potential contingencies, and
the useful lives and, as applicable, the reporting unit, of the
assets. Our financial position or results of operations may be
materially impacted by changes in our initial assumptions and
estimates relating to prior or future acquisitions.
Additionally, under SFAS 142, we determine the fair value
of the reporting unit, for purposes of the first step in our
annual goodwill impairment test, based on our market value. If
prior or future acquisitions are not accretive to our results of
operations as expected or our market value declines
dramatically, we may be required to complete the second step,
which requires significant judgments and estimates and which may
result in material impairment charges in the period in which
they are determined.
Income Taxes The provision for income taxes
is based upon income reported in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact
of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and
liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such
amounts recognized for tax purposes. We measure these deferred
taxes by applying tax rates expected to be in place when the
deferred items become subject to income tax or deductible for
income tax purposes.
Stock Options and Warrants As described in
Notes 16 and 17, we have issued stock warrants and have a
stock option plan under which employees and directors receive
options to purchase our common stock or other stock-based
compensation.
Product Liability We provide reserves for
potential product liability defense costs based on estimates
determined in consultation with litigation counsel. We evaluate
adjustments to the provision for product liability on an
on-going basis and charge or credit them to cost of sales,
exclusive of any insurance reimbursements. We make this
evaluation based upon information regarding potential and
existing product liability cases. We record any future costs as
a result of this evaluation when considered both probable and
reasonably estimable. Certain product liability costs are
subject to reimbursement by insurance carriers.
Environmental Liability In accordance with
SOP 96-1,
Environmental Remediation Liabilities, we have
provided reserves, on an undiscounted basis, for potential
environmental obligations that we consider probable and for
which reasonable estimates of such obligations can be made. We
consider environmental liabilities probable based upon specific
facts and circumstances, including currently available
environmental studies, existing technology, currently enacted
laws and regulations, the timing of future expenditures,
experience in remediation efforts, direction or approval from
regulatory agencies, our status as a potentially responsible
party (PRP), and the ability of other PRPs or contractually
liable parties, if any, to pay the allocated portion of any
environmental obligations. We believe that we have adequately
reserved for the reasonable estimable costs of
F-16
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
known environmental obligations. We review reserves and may make
additions or deletions to the reserves as a result of the
specific facts and circumstances previously noted.
Environmental reserve increases for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 amounted to approximately
$172, $29, and $90, respectively. The Rochester reserve relating
to environmental testing and remediation associated with our
acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms is being paid directly by
the administrative agent holding the escrow (see Note 22).
No reserve is required on our books.
Warranty We generally provide a lifetime
warranty to the original purchaser of our new
firearm products. We provide for estimated warranty obligations
in the period in which we recognize the related revenue. We
quantify and record an estimate for warranty-related costs based
on our actual historical claims experience and current repair
costs. We make adjustments to accruals as warranty claims data
and historical experience warrant. Should we experience actual
claims and repair costs that are higher than the estimated
claims and repair costs used to calculate the provision, our
operating results for the period or periods in which such
returns or additional costs materialize would be adversely
impacted. Warranty expense for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 amounted to $6,079, $1,874,
and $1,931, respectively.
The following sets forth the change in accrued warranties, a
portion of which is recorded as a non-current liability, in the
fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
$
|
1,809
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
Liabilities assumed in acquisition of Thompson/Center
Arms (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
Warranties issued and adjustments to provisions
|
|
|
6,079
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
Warranty claims
|
|
|
(2,668
|
)
|
|
|
(1,760
|
)
|
|
|
(1,840
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance
|
|
$
|
5,334
|
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
$
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Promotional Related Expenses In
accordance with EITF Issue
No. 01-09,
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a
Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendors
Product), we present product sales in the consolidated
financial statements, net of customer promotional program costs
that depend upon the volume of sales, which amounted to
approximately $10,464, $8,516, and $1,243 for the fiscal years
ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. We have
a co-op advertising program at the retail level. We expensed
these costs amounting to approximately $918, $921, and $796 in
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, as selling and
marketing expenses.
Shipping and Handling In the accompanying
consolidated financial statements, we included amounts billed to
customers for shipping and handling in net product and services
sales. We included our costs relating to shipping and handling
charges in cost of products and services sales.
Insurance Reserves We are self-insured
through retentions or deductibles for the majority of our
workers compensation, automobile, general liability,
product liability, and group health insurance programs.
Self-insurance amounts vary up to $2,000 per occurrence. Our
liability for estimated premiums and incurred losses are
recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
on an undiscounted basis.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised),
Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141R
changes the accounting for business combinations, including the
measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a
business combination, the recognition of contingent
consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss
contingencies, the recognition of capitalized
in-process
research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related
restructuring cost accruals, the
F-17
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
treatment of acquisition related transaction costs, and the
recognition of changes in the acquirers income tax
valuation allowance. SFAS No. 141R is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, with early
adoption prohibited. Although the adoption of
SFAS No. 141R will not have any impact on our current
consolidated financial statements, we expect that it will affect
the accounting treatment of future acquisitions, if any, that we
may consummate.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51.
SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting
standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and
for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160
is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the
EITF in EITF Issue
No. 07-01,
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to the
Development and Commercialization of Intellectual
Property. The EITF concluded that a collaborative
arrangement is one in which the participants are actively
involved and are exposed to significant risks and rewards that
depend on the ultimate commercial success of the endeavor.
Revenue and costs incurred with third parties in connection with
collaborative arrangements would be presented gross or net based
on the criteria in EITF Issue
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent, and other accounting literature. Payments to or
from collaborators would be evaluated and presented based on the
nature of the arrangement and its terms, the nature of the
entitys business, and whether those payments are within
the scope of other accounting literature. The nature and purpose
of collaborative arrangements are to be disclosed along with the
accounting policies and the classification and amounts of
significant financial statement amounts related to the
arrangements. Activities in the arrangement conducted in a
separate legal entity should be accounted for under other
accounting literature; however, required disclosure under EITF
Issue
No. 07-01
applies to the entire collaborative agreement. This Issue is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and is to be applied retrospectively to all periods
presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the
effective date. We do not expect the adoption of EITF
No. 07-01
to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP)
142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008, as well as interim
periods within those fiscal years. We are currently in the
process of evaluating the impact of adopting this pronouncement.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. APB
14-1,
Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). This staff position requires that entities
with convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely
or partially in cash upon conversion should separately account
for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a
manner that reflects the issuers economic interest cost.
The effect of the proposed new rules for the debentures is that
the equity component would be included in the
paid-in-capital
section of shareholders equity on an entitys
consolidated balance sheet and the value of the equity component
would be treated as original issue discount for purposes of
accounting for the debt component of convertible debt. The FSP
will be effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and for interim periods within those
fiscal years, with retrospective application required. Early
adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the
proposed new rules and the impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles
and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the
preparation of financial statements that are presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States. This statement is effective 60 days
following the SECs approval of the Public
F-18
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU
Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in
Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
We do not expect SFAS No. 162 to have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue
07-05,
Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) is
Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock, which addresses the
accounting for certain instruments as derivatives under
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. Under this
pronouncement, specific guidance is provided regarding
requirements for an entity to consider embedded features as
indexed to the entitys own stock. This Issue is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are
currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting
this pronouncement.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP 141R-1, Accounting
for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business
Combination That Arise from Contingencies. This FSP
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized
at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated. This
FSP is effective for the fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. Although the adoption of FSP141R-1 will
not have any impact on our current consolidated financial
statements, we expect that it will affect the accounting
treatment of future acquisitions, if any, that we may consummate.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 157-4,
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of
Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased
and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.
FSP 157-4
provides guidance on how to determine the fair value of assets
and liabilities under SFAS 157 in the current economic
environment and reemphasizes that the objective of a fair value
measurement remains an exit price. If we were to conclude that
there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of
activity of the asset or liability in relation to normal market
activities, quoted market values may not be representative of
fair value and we may conclude that a change in valuation
technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be
appropriate.
FSP 157-4
is effective for interim and annual periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect
FSP 157-4
to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2,
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary
Impairments.
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2
amend the other-than-temporary impairment guidance for debt
securities to improve presentation and disclosure of
other-than-temporary impairments of debt and equity securities
in the financial statements.
FSP 115-2
and
FSP 124-2
are effective for all reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect either of these FSPs
to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
FSP 107-1
and APB
28-1,
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments.
FSP 107-1
and APB 28-1
amend SFAS No. 107 Disclosures about Fair Value
of Financial Instruments, to require disclosures about
fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in
annual financial statements. This FSP also amends APB Opinion
No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require
those disclosures in all interim financial statements.
FSP 107-1
and APB 28-1
are effective for all reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We do not expect these pronouncements to
have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165,
Subsequent Events (SFAS 165).
SFAS 165 establishes general standards of accounting for
and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet data
but before financial statements are issued. SFAS 165 is
effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We are currently evaluating the impact of
this statement.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157
establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally
accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. The standard applies whenever other
standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be
measured at fair value. The standard does not expand the use of
fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS No. 157 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. The FASB has provided a one-year
deferral
F-19
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
for the implementation for other non-financial assets and
liabilities. Earlier application is encouraged. We adopted the
required provisions of SFAS No. 157 on May 1,
2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have any
impact on our consolidated financial statements. For further
information about the adoption of the required provisions of
SFAS No. 157, see Note 14.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement 115
that permits entities to choose to measure eligible items at
fair value at specified election dates. Unrealized gains and
losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected
will be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.
The following balance sheet items are within the scope of
SFAS No. 159:
|
|
|
|
|
recognized financial assets and financial liabilities unless a
special exception applies;
|
|
|
|
firm commitments that would otherwise not be recognized at
inception and that involve only financial instruments;
|
|
|
|
non-financial insurance contracts; and
|
|
|
|
most financial instruments resulting from separation of an
embedded non-financial derivative instrument from a
non-financial hybrid instrument.
|
SFAS No. 159 became effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 2007. We did not elect to measure any
items at fair value other than those that had already been
recorded as such. Therefore, the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 did not have any impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In October 2008, the FASB issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the
Market for That Asset Is Not Active.
FSP 157-3
clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in an
inactive market. It demonstrated how the fair value of a
financial asset is determined when the market for that financial
asset is inactive.
FSP 157-3
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which
financial statements had not been issued. The adoption of these
provisions did not have any impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities an Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133. This statement requires entities that
utilize derivative instruments to provide qualitative
disclosures about their objectives and strategies for using such
instruments, as well as any details of credit-risk-related
contingent features contained within derivatives. It also
requires entities to disclose additional information about the
amounts and location of derivatives located within the financial
statements, how the provisions of SFAS No. 133 have
been applied, and the impact that hedges have on an
entitys financial position, financial performance, and
cash flows. This statement is effective for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with
early application encouraged. The adoption of
SFAS No. 161 did not have any impact on our
consolidated financial statements (see Note 14 for required
disclosures).
|
|
4.
|
Long-term
Debt and Financing Arrangements
|
Credit Facilities Pursuant to a credit
agreement, dated November 30, 2007, we, as guarantor, along
with certain of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including
Smith & Wesson Corp. (SWC) and
Thompson/Center Arms (TCA), as borrowers, refinanced
our existing credit facilities to, among other things, increase
our acquisition line of credit to $70,000 and consolidate and
increase our revolving lines of credit to $40,000. In May 2008,
we utilized proceeds from our 2008 stock offering to repay the
$28,000 outstanding balance on the acquisition line and
terminated the acquisition line. We incurred a $485 non-cash
charge associated with the write-off of unamortized debt
acquisition costs as a result of our decision to terminate the
line of credit. Pursuant to an amendment of the credit agreement
dated October 31, 2008, TD Bank, N.A. (the
Lender) became the sole lender and successor
administrative agent of our credit facility. This amendment also
documented the termination of the acquisition line of credit,
increased our second and third fiscal quarter 2009 leverage
ratio to 3.25:1, and released
F-20
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
security on our intellectual property. Pursuant to a second
amendment of the credit agreement dated March 12, 2009, we
increased our leverage ratio to 3.50:1 for the fiscal quarters
ended April 30, 2009, July 31, 2009, October 31,
2009, January 31, 2010, and April 30, 2010 with the
ratio returning to 3.25:1 for all subsequent quarters.
As of April 30, 2009, the credit agreement included the
following:
(1) A revolving line of credit of up to a maximum amount of
the lesser of (a) $40,000, or (b) the sum of
(i) 80% of the net amount of SWCs and TCAs
eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the credit
agreement), plus (ii) the lesser of (A) $12,000 or
(B) 60% of SWCs and TCAs eligible inventory (as
defined in the credit agreement). The revolving line of credit
provides for availability until November 30, 2012 for
working capital needs. The revolving line of credit bears
interest at LIBOR or a variable rate equal to prime, at our
election. As of April 30, 2009, there was $40,000 available
for borrowings, of which there were no borrowings outstanding.
Had there been borrowings, they would have borne an interest
rate of 3.25% per annum.
(2) A
49-month,
$7,800 term loan, bearing interest at a rate of 6.23% per annum,
of which $5,397 was outstanding as of April 30, 2009. The
monthly payment is $179, with the final payment due
January 30, 2012.
(3) An
85-month,
$5,500 term loan, which bears interest at a rate of 6.85% per
annum, of which $587 was outstanding as of April 30, 2009.
The monthly payment is $46 through May 31, 2010. In June
2008, we made a $4,367 payment against this loan, funded
partially with proceeds of our May 2008 stock offering and the
rest with cash from operations.
As security for the credit facility, the Lender has a first
priority lien on all of our personal property and real estate
assets.
We may prepay in whole or in part any of the loans that have
interest rates determined by reference to the prime rate, with
interest accrued to the date of the prepayment on the amount
prepaid, without any penalty or premium. Loans with a fixed rate
of interest determined by reference to the LIBOR interest rate
may be prepaid provided that we reimburse the Lender for any
costs associated with (i) our making payments on dates
other than those specified in the credit agreement, or
(ii) our borrowing or converting a LIBOR loan on a date
other than the borrowing or conversion dates specified in the
credit agreement. We received a waiver of the 2% prepayment
penalty associated with our repayment of the acquisition line of
credit, as described above.
The credit agreement contains various covenants, including
certain financial covenants, all of which were met as of
April 30, 2009.
Convertible Debt On December 15, 2006,
we issued an aggregate of $80,000 of 4% Senior Convertible
Notes (the Notes) maturing on December 15, 2026
to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to the terms and
conditions of a securities purchase agreement and indenture. We
used the net proceeds from the Notes, together with $28,000 from
our acquisition line of credit, to fund our acquisition of Bear
Lake Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries, including
Thompson/Center Arms.
The Notes bear interest at a rate of 4% per annum payable on
June 15 and December 15 of each year. The registration rights
agreement covering the resale of the Notes and the common stock
issuable upon conversion of the Notes required that the SEC
declare the registration statement covering the Notes and the
common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes effective by
June 14, 2007. Because the registration did not become
effective until June 26, 2007, additional interest of
approximately $260 accrued on the Notes.
The Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock,
initially at a conversion rate of 81.0636 shares per $1,000
principal amount of Notes, or a total of 6,485,084 shares,
which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $12.336
per share. The Notes may be converted at any time. On or after
December 15, 2009 until December 15, 2011, we may
redeem all or a portion of the Notes at the redemption price of
100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and
unpaid interest only if the closing price of our common stock
exceeds 150% of the then
F-21
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
applicable conversion price of the Notes for no fewer than 20
trading days in any period of 30 consecutive trading days. After
December 15, 2011, we may redeem all or a portion of the
Notes. Noteholders may require us to repurchase all or part of
their Notes on December 15, 2011, December 15, 2016,
or December 15, 2021 and in the event of a fundamental
change in our company, as defined in the indenture covering the
Notes.
The Notes are our general unsecured obligations, ranking senior
in right of payment to our subordinated indebtedness and ranking
pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated
indebtedness. Until such time that the closing price of our
common stock exceeds 200% of the then applicable conversion
price of the Notes for at least 30 trading days in any period of
40 consecutive trading days, we agreed not to incur any
additional indebtedness in excess of the greater of
(1) $62,000 available under our existing credit facility
with the lender, and (2) three times LTM EBITDA (as defined
in the indenture covering the Notes) at the time such additional
debt is incurred and including any amounts outstanding under our
credit facility with the lender.
We evaluated the conversion features of the Notes under the
provisions of
EITF 98-5,
Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial
Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion
Ratios and
EITF 00-27,
Application of Issue
No. 98-5
to Certain Convertible Instruments and determined no
beneficial conversion feature existed. We have analyzed the
provisions of the Notes under SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, and
EITF 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Index to,
and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock,
and have determined that there are no features of the
instruments requiring bifurcation.
Debt issuance costs related to the fiscal 2005 refinancing from
TD Bank amounted to $655, classified as other assets, of which
$42 was amortized to expense during the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2009. Debt issuance costs are being amortized
using the effective interest rate method. Future amortization of
expense is as follows: fiscal year 2010 is $38; 2011 is $26;
2012 is $18; 2013 is $15; 2014 is $14; and thereafter is $9. We
incurred approximately $4,337 of debt issuance costs associated
with the issuance of the Notes. These costs are being amortized
on a straight-line basis through December 15, 2011, the
date of the first redemption. During the year ended
April 30, 2009, we amortized $867 to interest expense
related to these Notes. In total, we incurred $933 of debt
issuance costs associated with the November 2007 refinancing of
our credit facility and the subsequent two modifications in
October 2008 and March 2009. During fiscal 2009, we wrote off
approximately $485 of unamortized debt issuance cost that we
attributed to the acquisition line of credit that was paid in
full in May 2008 and formally closed in October 2008. The
remaining costs associated with the TD Bank lines are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years, the life of
the revolving loan. During the year ended April 30, 2009,
we amortized $66 to interest expense. The total amount amortized
to interest expense for all debt issuance costs in fiscal 2009
was $1,465.
Total long-term debt maturing in fiscal 2010, 2011, 2012, and
thereafter is $2,378, $2,041, $1,565, and $80,000, respectively.
F-22
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The carrying amounts of notes payable as of April 30, 2009
and 2008 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49-month,
$7,800 term loan
|
|
$
|
1,856
|
|
|
$
|
1,743
|
|
85-month,
$5,500 term loan
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
5-year,
$40,000 revolving line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current portion
|
|
$
|
2,378
|
|
|
$
|
8,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current portion of long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49-month,
$7,800 term loan
|
|
$
|
3,541
|
|
|
$
|
5,538
|
|
85-month,
$5,500 term loan
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
7-year,
$70,000 acquisition loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
20-year,
$80,000 convertible notes
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current portion
|
|
$
|
83,606
|
|
|
$
|
118,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The credit agreement with TD Bank contains financial covenants
relating to maintaining maximum leverage and minimum debt
service coverage. We were in compliance with the debt covenants
as of April 30, 2009.
Letters of Credit At April 30, 2009, we
had open letters of credit aggregating $3,805 with a
workers compensation bond for self insurance of $3,500
making up the majority of this amount.
We sell our products worldwide. The following sets forth the
breakdown of export sales, which accounted for approximately 7%,
8%, and 8% of net sales for the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
Region
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
$
|
6,440
|
|
|
$
|
7,725
|
|
|
$
|
6,324
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
5,672
|
|
|
|
7,784
|
|
|
|
8,350
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
4,574
|
|
|
|
2,545
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
All others foreign countries
|
|
|
7,999
|
|
|
|
6,381
|
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
24,685
|
|
|
$
|
24,435
|
|
|
$
|
19,498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No individual foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net
revenue.
F-23
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
|
|
6.
|
Other
Income (Expense)
|
The following sets forth the details of other income (expense)
in the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Currency loss on euro purchases and sales
|
|
$
|
(692
|
)
|
|
$
|
(673
|
)
|
|
$
|
(642
|
)
|
Settlement of legal case
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Pension adjustment
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to fair value on derivative contracts (Note 14)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
70
|
|
Other
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income/(expense)
|
|
$
|
(806
|
)
|
|
$
|
(723
|
)
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We expense advertising costs, primarily consisting of magazine
advertisements, printed materials, and television
advertisements, as incurred. In the fiscal years ended
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, advertising expenses,
included in selling and marketing expenses, amounted to
approximately $13,842, $13,977, and $9,466, respectively.
|
|
8.
|
Property,
Plant, and Equipment
|
The following summarizes property, plant, and equipment as of
April 30, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
$
|
68,132
|
|
|
$
|
61,473
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
|
6,255
|
|
|
|
5,757
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,310
|
|
|
|
68,136
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(30,356
|
)
|
|
|
(21,787
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,954
|
|
|
|
46,349
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
6,181
|
|
|
|
4,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant, and equipment
|
|
$
|
51,135
|
|
|
$
|
50,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense amounted to $8,729, $7,286, and $5,349 in
the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively.
Estimated cost to complete construction in progress is
approximately $4,600.
F-24
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following sets forth a summary of inventories, stated at
lower of cost or market, as of April 30, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
17,184
|
|
|
$
|
22,313
|
|
Finished parts
|
|
|
13,256
|
|
|
|
12,716
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
6,793
|
|
|
|
6,979
|
|
Raw material
|
|
|
4,496
|
|
|
|
5,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
$
|
41,729
|
|
|
$
|
47,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We record intangible assets at cost. Intangible assets consist
of customer relationships, developed technology, order backlog,
trademarks, tradenames, and patents. We amortize patents and
developed technology using the straight-line method over their
estimated useful lives ranging from four months to
20 years. We amortize customer relationships in pro-ration
to the expected yearly revenue generated from the customer lists
acquired, currently estimated at 20 years.
The following presents a summary of intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Developed technology
|
|
$
|
1,740
|
|
|
$
|
7,800
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,400
|
|
Patents, trademarks, and tradenames
|
|
|
4,706
|
|
|
|
16,622
|
|
Backlog
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,046
|
|
|
|
71,422
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
|
|
(5,921
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
$
|
5,940
|
|
|
$
|
65,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As noted in Note 3, during fiscal 2009, we became aware of
an impairment in our intangible assets, which caused us to write
off $57,070 of the net value of these assets. Amortization
expense, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs,
amounted to $2,475, $4,163, and $1,665 for the fiscal years
ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. We
expect amortization expense will approximate $636 annually over
each of the next five fiscal years.
F-25
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Other assets consisted of the following as of April 30,
2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Receivable from insurers
|
|
$
|
2,035
|
|
|
$
|
4,575
|
|
Escrow deposit-product liability
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Escrow deposit-workers compensation
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
Debt issue costs
|
|
|
2,722
|
|
|
|
4,074
|
|
Excess workers compensation insurance receivable
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Split dollar life insurance
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets
|
|
$
|
6,632
|
|
|
$
|
10,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
Receivables
from Insurance Carriers
|
As discussed in Notes 15 and 22, we are party to lawsuits
related to the use of our products. We carry insurance that
would cover certain legal and defense costs related to these
matters and record a receivable from insurance carriers when the
collection of the insurance proceeds is probable.
The following summarizes the activity in the receivables from
insurance carriers during the fiscal years ended April 30,
2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
4,665
|
|
|
$
|
4,689
|
|
Payments made by insurer on claims
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Cases dismissed and reserves released
|
|
|
(2,681
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
2,060
|
|
|
$
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The outstanding balance as of April 30, 2009 was $2,060
($25 in other current assets and $2,035 in non-current assets)
and as of April 30, 2008 was $4,665 ($90 in other current
assets and $4,575 in non-current assets).
In October 2004, one of our insurance carriers agreed to pay a
portion of past and future defense costs relating to the
municipal litigation. Our insurance carriers paid defense costs
of $76 and $24 for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
F-26
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following sets forth other accrued expenses as of
April 30, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
Accrued rebates and promotions
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
4,092
|
|
Accrued professional fees
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
Accrued audit liability
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
|
859
|
|
Accrued employee benefits
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
2,619
|
|
Accrued distributor incentives
|
|
|
6,330
|
|
|
|
2,444
|
|
Accrued environmental
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
1,688
|
|
Accrued workers compensation
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
Accrued utilities
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Accrued other
|
|
|
3,020
|
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
17,606
|
|
|
$
|
17,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
|
Effective May 1, 2008, we implemented
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurement, for
our financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and
reported at fair value at each reporting period-end date, and
non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and
reported at fair value at least annually. In accordance with the
provisions of FASB Staff Position (FSP)
No. FAS 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, we
have elected to defer implementation of SFAS No. 157
as it relates to our non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities that are recognized and disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis until
May 1, 2009. We are evaluating the impact, if any, that
this standard will have on our non-financial assets and
liabilities. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 to our
financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and
liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at
least annually did not have an impact on our financial results.
Financial assets and liabilities recorded on the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets are categorized based on the inputs
to the valuation techniques as follows:
Level 1 Financial assets and liabilities
whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical
assets or liabilities in an active market that we have the
ability to access at the measurement date (examples include
active exchange-traded equity securities, listed derivatives,
and most U.S. Government and agency securities).
Level 2 Financial assets and liabilities
whose values are based on quoted prices in markets in which
trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted
prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets.
Level 2 inputs include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in
non-active markets (such as corporate and municipal bonds which
trade infrequently);
|
|
|
|
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for
substantially the full term of the asset or liability (examples
include interest rate and currency swaps); and
|
|
|
|
inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
asset or liability (such as include certain securities and
derivatives).
|
F-27
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Level 3 Financial assets and liabilities
whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that
require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the
overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect our
assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use
in pricing the asset or liability. We currently do not have any
Level 3 financial assets or liabilities.
The following table presents information about our assets and
liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
as of April 30, 2009, and indicates the fair value
hierarchy of the valuation techniques we utilized to determine
such fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
Description
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and short-term deposits
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
39,822
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We purchase certain finished goods and component parts from a
European supplier and pay for them in euros. We have purchased
foreign exchange participating forward contracts to minimize the
impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Participating
forward contracts provide full protection for us against the
devaluation of the U.S. dollar to the euro and partial
benefit from the appreciation of the U.S. dollar to the
euro. If the euro strengthens above the average rate, we will
not pay more than the average rate. If the euro weakens below
the average rate, 50% of the euros are purchased at the average
rate and the remaining 50% are paid for at the spot rate. We
have not elected to designate our derivative instruments as
qualifying for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133
and, accordingly, we record any gains and losses from these
derivative contracts as an element of other income (expense) at
each reporting period, based on the change in the estimated fair
value of these contracts. We estimate the fair values of the
derivative financial instruments based on the exchange rates of
the underlying currency/euros.
The following table presents information about derivatives
outstanding as of April 30, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
under Statement 133
|
|
Balance Sheet Location
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts
|
|
|
Other Current Assets
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
The following table presents information about the effect of
derivative instruments on our financial performance for the
years ended April 30, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
|
Instruments under Statement 133
|
|
Recognized in Income on Derivative
|
|
Income on Derivative
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts
|
|
|
Other income/(expense
|
)
|
|
$
|
(613
|
)
|
|
$
|
294
|
|
|
|
15.
|
Self-Insurance
Reserves
|
As of April 30, 2009 and 2008, we had reserves for
workers compensation, product liability, and
medical/dental costs totaling $10,985 and $11,587, respectively,
of which $5,344 and $6,866, respectively, have been classified
as non-current and are included in other non-current liabilities
and $5,641 and $4,721, respectively, have been included in
accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. In addition, as of April 30, 2009 and 2008, $324
and $135, respectively, of excess workers compensation
receivable has been classified as an other asset. While we
believe these reserves to be adequate, it is possible that the
ultimate liabilities will exceed such estimates. Amounts charged
to expense were $12,704, $7,769, and $6,671 in the fiscal years
ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
F-28
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following is a summary of the activity in the workers
compensation, product liability, and medical/dental reserves in
the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
11,587
|
|
|
$
|
11,777
|
|
|
$
|
9,768
|
|
Additional provision charged to expense
|
|
|
12,704
|
|
|
|
7,769
|
|
|
|
6,671
|
|
Liability assumed in acquisition of Thompson/Center Arms
(Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,887
|
|
Adjustment to acquisition liability (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(10,813
|
)
|
|
|
(7,725
|
)
|
|
|
(6,467
|
)
|
Reduction in liability (offset by a reduction to receivable from
insurers)
|
|
|
(2,493
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
10,985
|
|
|
$
|
11,587
|
|
|
$
|
11,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is our policy to provide an estimate for loss as a result of
expected adverse findings or legal settlements on product
liability and workers compensation when such losses are
probable and are reasonably estimable. It is also our policy to
accrue for reasonable estimable legal costs associated with
defending such litigation. While such estimates involve a range
of possible costs, we determine, in consultation with litigation
counsel, the most likely cost within such range on a
case-by-case
basis. We also record receivables from insurance carriers
relating to these matters when their collection is probable. As
of April 30, 2009 and 2008, we had accrued reserves for
product liability of $6,879 and $8,617, respectively (of which
$3,461 and $5,850, respectively, were non-current), consisting
entirely of expected legal defense costs. In addition, as of
April 30, 2009 and 2008, we had recorded receivables from
insurance carriers related to these liabilities of $2,060 and
$4,665, respectively, of which $2,035 and $4,575, respectively,
have been classified as other assets and the remaining amounts
of $25 and $90, respectively, have been classified as other
current assets.
Common
Stock Issued
On May 12, 2009, we completed a stock offering of
6,000,000 shares of common stock, which yielded net
proceeds of approximately $35,000 to be used for corporate
purposes, which may include the purchase of additional equipment
to expand manufacturing capacity to satisfy product demand, the
repurchase of outstanding debt, and strategic relationships and
acquisitions.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, we issued
429,499 shares of common stock having a market value of
$2,433 to current and former employees upon the exercise of
options granted to them while employees of our company. The
proceeds from the exercise of these shares were $465.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, we issued
278,260 shares of our common stock having a market value of
$1,374 under our employee stock purchase plan. The proceeds from
the exercise of these shares were $846.
On May 23, 2008, we completed a stock offering of
6,250,000 shares of common stock, which yielded net
proceeds of $32,046 and allowed us to repay the $28,000
acquisition loan that financed a portion of the Thompson Center
Holding Corporation acquisition.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2008, we issued
522,435 shares of common stock having a market value of
approximately $8,300 to current and former employees upon the
exercise of options granted to them while employees of our
company. The proceeds from the exercise of these shares were
$1,317.
F-29
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2008, we issued
34,857 shares of common stock in a cashless exercise of
50,000 outstanding warrants having a market value of
approximately $740. The purchase price of these shares was $218.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2008, we issued
147,817 shares of our common stock having a market value of
approximately $1,300 under our employee stock purchase plan. The
proceeds from the exercise of these shares were $917.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2007, we issued
379,309 shares of common stock having a market value of
approximately $3,900 to current and former employees upon the
exercise of options granted to them while employees of our
company. The proceeds from the exercise of these shares were
$617.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2007, we issued
93,344 shares of common stock having a market value of
approximately $1,300 under our employee stock purchase plan. The
proceeds from the exercise of these shares were $721.
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2007, we issued
1,200,000 shares of common stock having a market value of
approximately $13,600 upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.
The purchase price of these shares was $6,012.
Stock
Warrants Issued and Repurchased
As described in Note 18, on September 12, 2005, in
conjunction with the sale of 6,000,000 shares of our common
stock, we issued to investors and our placement agent warrants
to purchase 1,200,000 and 120,000 shares of our common
stock, respectively.
The following outlines the activity related to the warrants for
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Warrants outstanding, beginning of the period
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
1,320,000
|
|
|
$
|
5.24
|
|
Warrants exercised during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.33
|
|
|
|
(1,200,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants outstanding, end of the period
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants exercisable, end of the period
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average remaining life
|
|
|
1.4 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
Stock
Option and Employee Stock Purchase Plans
|
We have two Employee Stock Option Plans (the SOPs):
the 2001 Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan.
New grants under the 2001 Stock Option Plan were not made
following the approval of the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan at our
September 13, 2004 annual meeting of stockholders. All new
grants covering all participants will be issued under the 2004
Incentive Stock Plan. The 2004 Incentive Stock Plan authorizes
the issuance of the lesser of (1) 15% of the shares of our
common stock outstanding from time to time; or
(2) 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. The plan
allows for granting of options to acquire common stock, the
granting of restricted common stock and deferred stock, the
granting of restricted stock units, the granting of stock
appreciation rights, and the granting of dividend equivalents.
Our board of directors, or a committee established by the board,
administers the SOPs, selects recipients to whom awards are
granted, and determines the
F-30
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
grants to be awarded. Options granted under the SOPs are
exercisable at a price determined by the board or committee at
the time of grant, but in no event less than fair market value
of our common stock on the date granted. Grants of options may
be made to employees and directors without regard to any
performance measures. All options issued pursuant to the SOPs
are nontransferable and subject to forfeiture. Unless terminated
earlier by our board of directors, the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan
will terminate on the earlier of (1) ten years from the
date of the later to occur of (i) the original date the
plan was approved by our board of directors or our stockholders,
whichever is earlier, or (ii) the date an increase in the
number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan is
approved by our board of directors (so long as such increase is
also approved by our stockholders), and (2) at such time as
no shares of common stock remain available for issuance under
the plan and our company has no further rights or obligations
with respect to outstanding awards under the plan. The date of
grant of an award is deemed to be the date upon which our board
of directors or board committee authorizes the granting of such
award. Generally, awards vest over a period of three years. The
awards are exercisable for a period of ten years. The plan also
allows for grants of awards to non-employees, which the board
has granted in the past. A separate option grant, outside of the
2004 Incentive Stock Plan, for 500,000 shares was made to
Michael F. Golden, in connection with his hiring as our
President and Chief Executive Officer, during the fiscal year
ended April 30, 2005.
The number of shares and weighted average exercise prices of
options granted under the SOPs and separate grant for the fiscal
years ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options outstanding, beginning of year
|
|
|
2,247,262
|
|
|
$
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
2,576,362
|
|
|
$
|
2.71
|
|
|
|
2,908,167
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
Granted during year
|
|
|
615,500
|
|
|
|
5.40
|
|
|
|
221,000
|
|
|
|
14.77
|
|
|
|
95,000
|
|
|
|
12.88
|
|
Exercised during year
|
|
|
(429,499
|
)
|
|
|
1.08
|
|
|
|
(522,435
|
)
|
|
|
2.52
|
|
|
|
(379,309
|
)
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
Canceled/forfeited during year
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
(27,665
|
)
|
|
|
7.78
|
|
|
|
(47,496
|
)
|
|
|
3.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding, end of year
|
|
|
2,428,263
|
|
|
$
|
4.76
|
|
|
|
2,247,262
|
|
|
$
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
2,576,362
|
|
|
$
|
2.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable, end of year
|
|
|
1,609,594
|
|
|
$
|
3.79
|
|
|
|
1,639,611
|
|
|
$
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
1,703,463
|
|
|
$
|
2.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of April 30, 2009, there were 4,335,119 shares
available for grant under the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan.
A summary of stock options outstanding, vested, and exercisable
as of April 30, 2009 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Vested and Exercisable
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Exercisable at
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
at April 30,
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.81 - $ 1.68
|
|
|
833,500
|
|
|
|
5.24 years
|
|
|
$
|
1.47
|
|
|
|
733,500
|
|
|
$
|
1.47
|
|
$1.69 - $ 5.28
|
|
|
917,930
|
|
|
|
7.16 years
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
|
|
625,761
|
|
|
|
3.75
|
|
$5.29 - $15.00
|
|
|
676,833
|
|
|
|
8.46 years
|
|
|
|
9.59
|
|
|
|
250,333
|
|
|
|
10.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.81 - $15.00
|
|
|
2,428,263
|
|
|
|
6.86 years
|
|
|
$
|
4.76
|
|
|
|
1,609,594
|
|
|
$
|
3.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value for outstanding options and for
options that are vested and exercisable as of April 30,
2009 was $5,852 and $5,440, respectively.
F-31
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
We have an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP),
which authorizes the sale of up to 10,000,000 shares of our
common stock to employees. The ESPP commenced on June 24,
2002 and continues in effect for a term of ten years unless
sooner terminated. The ESPP was implemented by a series of
offering periods of two years duration, with four six-month
purchase periods in the offering period. The plan was amended in
September 2004 so that future offering periods, commencing with
the October 1, 2004 offering period, will be six months,
consistent with the six month purchase period. The purchase
price is 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the
offering date or on the purchase date, whichever is lower. A
participant may elect to have payroll deductions made on each
payday during the offering period in an amount not less than 1%
and not more than 20% (or such greater percentage as the board
may establish from time to time before an offering date) of such
participants compensation on each payday during the
offering period. The last day of each offering period will be
the purchase date for such offering period. An offering period
commencing on April 1 ends on the next September 30. An
offering period commencing on October 1 ends on the next
March 31. Our board of directors has the power to change
the duration
and/or the
frequency of offering and purchase periods with respect to
future offerings and purchases without stockholder approval if
such change is announced at least five days prior to the
scheduled beginning of the first offering period to be affected.
The maximum number of shares an employee may purchase during
each purchase period is 12,500 shares. All options and
rights to participate in the ESPP are nontransferable and
subject to forfeiture in accordance with the ESPP guidelines. In
the event of certain corporate transactions, each option
outstanding under the ESPP will be assumed or an equivalent
option will be substituted by the successor corporation or a
parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. During
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, 278,260, 147,817, and
93,344 shares, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP.
During the year ended April 30, 2005, we adopted
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
which requires the measurement of the cost of employee services
received in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based
on the grant-date fair value of the award. We elected the
modified retrospective application method in adopting
SFAS 123(R), which resulted in the restatement of prior
period amounts in order to present comparable compensation data.
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we calculated the fair
value of our stock options and warrants issued to employees
using the Black-Scholes model at the time the options and
warrants were granted. That amount is then amortized over the
vesting period of the option or warrant. With our ESPP, fair
value is determined at the beginning of the purchase period and
amortized over the term of the offering period.
The following assumptions were used in valuing our options and
ESPP:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Stock option grants:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.90
|
%
|
|
|
4.21
|
%
|
|
|
4.81
|
%
|
Expected term
|
|
|
8.83 years
|
|
|
|
3.00 years
|
|
|
|
8.00 years
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
|
|
61.7
|
%
|
|
|
71.0
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.08
|
%
|
|
|
2.10
|
%
|
|
|
5.09
|
%
|
Expected term
|
|
|
6 months
|
|
|
|
6 months
|
|
|
|
6 months
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
88.7
|
%
|
|
|
105.0
|
%
|
|
|
55.1
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
We estimate expected volatility using past historical volatility
for the expected term. The fair value of each stock option or
ESPP purchase was estimated on the date of the grant using the
Black- Scholes option pricing model (using the risk-free
interest rate, expected term, expected volatility, and dividend
yield variables as noted in the above table). The
weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007 was
F-32
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
$4.14, $3.74, and $9.54, respectively. The weighted-average fair
value of ESPP shares granted in fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007 was
$1.75, $3.17, and $4.22, respectively.
During the year ended April 30, 2009, we granted 6,000
restricted stock units, or RSUs, subject to time-based
vesting to current employees. We also granted 15,000 RSUs
to non-employees. As of April 30, 2009, there were 346,944
RSUs outstanding as 85,748 were canceled due to employee
terminations and 53,334 of performance-based RSUs were
canceled because of the failure to satisfy performance targets.
The aggregate fair market value of our RSU grants is being
amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period (three
years). Compensation expense recognized related to grants of
RSUs to certain employees and non-employees was
approximately $1,086 for the year ended April 30, 2009. As
of April 30, 2009, there was approximately $757 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs.
This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
of 0.56 years.
A summary of activity in unvested RSUs for fiscal 2009 and
2008 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Total # of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Total # of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Stock Units
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Stock Units
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
RSUs outstanding, beginning of year
|
|
|
560,418
|
|
|
$
|
9.68
|
|
|
|
432,900
|
|
|
$
|
7.09
|
|
Awarded
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
3.51
|
|
|
|
339,500
|
|
|
|
12.09
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(178,140
|
)
|
|
|
8.95
|
|
|
|
(143,734
|
)
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(56,334
|
)
|
|
|
10.57
|
|
|
|
(68,248
|
)
|
|
|
10.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RSUs outstanding, end of year
|
|
|
346,944
|
|
|
$
|
9.54
|
|
|
|
560,418
|
|
|
$
|
9.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended April 30, 2008, we granted 334,500
RSUs, subject to time-based vesting to current employees.
We also granted 5,000 RSUs to non-employees. As of
April 30, 2008, there were 560,418 RSUs outstanding
as 82,748 were cancelled due to employee terminations. The
aggregate fair market value of our RSU grants is being amortized
to compensation expense over the vesting period (three years).
Compensation expense recognized related to grants of RSUs
to certain employees and non-employees was approximately $2,837
for the 12 months ended April 30, 2008. As of
April 30, 2008, there was approximately $2,571 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs.
This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
of 0.95 years.
During the year ended April 30, 2007, we granted 447,400
restricted stock units, or RSUs, consisting of shares of
restricted common stock subject to time-based vesting to current
employees. As of April 30, 2007, there were 432,900
restricted stock units outstanding as 14,500 were cancelled due
to employee terminations. The aggregate fair market value of our
RSU grants is being amortized to compensation expense over the
vesting period (three years). Compensation expense recognized
related to grants of RSUs to certain employees was approximately
$811 for the twelve months ended April 30, 2007. As of
April 30, 2007, there was approximately $2,248 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs. This
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average of
1.2 years.
We recorded stock-based compensation expense related to
SFAS 123(R) of approximately $3,307, $4,885, and $2,740
during fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Stock-based
compensation expense is included in general and administrative
expenses.
The intrinsic value of options and warrants exercised during
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007 was approximately $12,043, $12,822,
and $17,457, respectively.
The total fair value of shares vested in fiscal 2009, 2008, and
2007 was approximately $5,440, $7,969, and $19,400, respectively.
F-33
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
There were no modifications to options, warrants or RSUs
during fiscal 2009, 2008, or 2007.
At April 30, 2009, total unamortized fair value of stock
options was approximately $1,280, which will be recognized over
the remaining vesting period of 3.0 years.
On November 12, 2007, we granted an option to purchase
216,000 shares of our common stock to Michael F. Golden,
which fully vests in three years and resulted in a valuation of
approximately $809. We estimated the fair value of the option
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following assumptions: volatility of 61.7%, risk free interest
rate of 4.21%, an expected life of three years, and a dividend
yield of 0%.
On August 1, 2005, we granted an option to purchase
25,000 shares of our common stock to a consultant, which
fully vested four months later on November 30, 2005. During
the year ended April 30, 2006, we recorded the estimated
fair value of this option grant, totaling approximately $118, to
general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
statement of income. We estimated the fair value of the option
grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
following assumptions: volatility of 75%, risk-free interest
rate of 4.32%, an expected life of ten years, and a dividend
yield of 0%.
On September 12, 2005, we completed the sale of an
aggregate of 6,000,000 shares of our common stock (the
Shares) and warrants to purchase an additional
1,200,000 shares of our common stock (the
Warrants). We incurred issuance costs that included
the issuance of a warrant to purchase 120,000 shares of our
common stock to the placement agent, having an initial fair
value of $384. The exercise price of the placement agents
warrants is $4.36 per share. The terms of the placement
agents warrant are substantially the same as the Warrants
sold to the investors except that it became exercisable on
March 12, 2006 and expires on September 12, 2010.
As of April 30, 2009, all 1,200,000 investor warrants had
been exercised and the 70,000 placement agent warrants were
still outstanding.
|
|
19.
|
Employer
Sponsored Benefit Plans
|
Contributory Defined Investment Plan We offer
a contributory defined investment plan covering substantially
all employees who have completed at least six months of service,
as defined. Employees may contribute from 1% to 30% of their
annual pay, with us matching 50% of the first 6% of combined
pre- and post-tax compensation. We contributed approximately
$1,194 for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, $1,028 for
the fiscal year ended April 30, 2008, and $901 for the
fiscal year ended April 30, 2007.
Non-Contributory Profit Sharing Plan We have
a non-contributory profit sharing plan covering substantially
all of our Springfield, Massachusetts, and Houlton, Maine,
employees. Employees are eligible on May 1 following their
completion of a full fiscal year of continuous service. We
contribute 15% of our net operating profit before interest and
taxes, as defined, to the plan each year. For fiscal 2009, we
plan to contribute approximately $6,248. We contributed
approximately $3,539 for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008 and approximately $4,803 for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2007. Contributions are funded after the fiscal
year-end.
We also have a defined contribution profit sharing plan covering
substantially all Thompson/Center Arms employees based on
certain eligibility criteria. Our board of directors, at its
discretion, determines contributions to be made from net income
of Thompson/Center Arms. For fiscal 2009, we do not plan to make
any payments under this plan. For fiscal 2008, we paid $500. We
assumed an $800 liability related to this plan as of
January 3, 2007 and made payment to the plan in fiscal 2008.
|
|
20.
|
Post-employment,
Post-retirement, and Deferred Compensation
|
Post-Retirement Medical Program We have
certain obligations under a now terminated program that provides
health care to retirees until age 65. Employees who had a
designated combined age and years of service have been
grandfathered under the program. The grandfather provision
provides varying degrees of coverage based
F-34
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
upon years of service. There is currently one retiree covered by
the program and three active employees who are grandfathered
under the program. The post-retirement medical liability is
based upon reports as provided by an independent actuary. The
gross post-retirement medical liability was approximately $128
as of April 30, 2009 and approximately $206 as of
April 30, 2008.
SFAS No. 158 became effective in fiscal 2007 and
requires that we measure the funded status of our plan as of our
year-end date. The effect of this statement is reflected in the
following presentation of our defined benefit plans. Upon
adoption of this standard, we recorded an increase of $73 to
accumulated other comprehensive income, thereby reducing the
accrued post-retirement liability for the year ended
April 30, 2007.
The following table sets forth the post-retirement medical
amounts recognized in our post-retirement medical benefit plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
121
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Actuarial loss/(gain)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Benefits paid, net of contributions
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
121
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of funded status:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status at end of year
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121
|
)
|
|
$
|
(158
|
)
|
Unrecognized actuarial gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized at end of year
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121
|
)
|
|
$
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The current portion of the post-retirement medical plan as of
April 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $136, $44, and $21,
respectively. For fiscal 2008, gross benefit payments and
administrative fees paid were less than retiree contributions,
resulting in a net increase to the benefit obligation of $6.
Net periodic post-retirement benefit loss includes the following
components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit loss
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average discount rate used in determining the
actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was
7.2% and 6.0% at April 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
For measurement purposes, a 9% annual rate of increase in the
per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, with the rate grading down to an
ultimate rate of 5.0% in fiscal 2014.
For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009 and 2008, a 1%
increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate
would have an immaterial effect on the aggregate of the service
and interest cost components of the net periodic post-retirement
health care benefit costs and the accumulated post-retirement
benefit obligation for health care benefits. Estimated future
benefit payments are as follows: 2010 $13,
2011 $21, 2012 $6, and
thereafter $0.
Post-Retirement Pension Plan We have a senior
executive supplemental retirement plan (executive
plan) for certain Thompson/Center Arms officers, which
covered four current and former executives at April 30,
2009. Benefits under this plan are paid monthly (currently
monthly benefit is $3,063 and is adjusted annually based on the
percent change in the CPI for all Urban Consumers) for ten years
following the retirement of an officer or director.
F-35
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
This is an unfunded, non-qualified, and non-contributory plan
under which we pay all future obligations. As of April 30,
2009, $123 has been accrued in accrued liabilities and $523 has
been accrued in other non-current liabilities in the financial
statements, based upon the present value of the estimated future
obligation using a discount rate of 2.47% and the remaining
months of commitment. Estimated future benefit payments are as
follows: 2010 $123, 2011 $110,
2012 $110, 2013 $110, 2014
$92, and thereafter $159.
Under the executive plan, we may also be required to continue to
pay Thompson/Center Arms portion of health insurance
premiums as offered to employees until the retiree becomes
eligible for Medicare. As of April 30, 2009, there were
four individuals receiving cash payments under this plan and
none of them was eligible to receive the health insurance
benefit.
We use an asset and liability approach for financial accounting
and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on temporary differences
between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities and are measured by applying enacted tax rates and
laws to the taxable years in which differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in
the period that includes the enactment date.
Income tax expense consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
7,419
|
|
|
$
|
7,958
|
|
|
$
|
8,660
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
1,319
|
|
|
|
1,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
|
|
9,277
|
|
|
|
9,861
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred federal and state
|
|
|
(23,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,560
|
)
|
|
|
(2,243
|
)
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
(23,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,602
|
)
|
|
|
(2,243
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense/(benefit)
|
|
$
|
(14,918
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,675
|
|
|
$
|
7,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
The following presents a reconciliation of the provision for
income taxes at statutory rates to the provision in the
consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Federal income taxes expected at 35% statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(27,693
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
7,203
|
|
State income taxes, less federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
(1,162
|
)
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
88
|
|
Business meals and entertainment
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Export sales benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Depreciation-permanent
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Effect of Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
14,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic production activity deduction
|
|
|
(492
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
Research and development tax credit
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Change in FIN 48 Reserve
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense/(benefit)
|
|
$
|
(14,918
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,675
|
|
|
$
|
7,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future tax benefits (deferred tax liabilities) related to
temporary differences are the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current tax assets (liabilities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental reserves
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
Inventory reserves
|
|
|
4,115
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
Product liability
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
Accrued expenses, including compensation
|
|
|
5,076
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
Warranty reserve
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
Other
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
Promotions
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
1,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset current
|
|
$
|
12,505
|
|
|
$
|
9,947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Non-current tax assets (liabilities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits
|
|
$
|
800
|
|
|
$
|
838
|
|
Environmental reserves
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Product liability
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,142
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Warranty reserve
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
SFAS 123(R) compensation
|
|
|
5,571
|
|
|
|
5,179
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(5,488
|
)
|
|
|
(3,290
|
)
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(2,061
|
)
|
|
|
(24,867
|
)
|
Transaction costs
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
Pension
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset (liability) non-current
|
|
$
|
1,143
|
|
|
$
|
(20,216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net tax asset (liability) total
|
|
$
|
13,648
|
|
|
$
|
(10,269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We had federal net operating loss carryforwards amounting to
$2,285, $2,394, and $2,502 as of April 30, 2009, 2008, and
2007, respectively. The April 30, 2009 net operating
loss expires in years 2019 and 2020. Utilization of these losses
is limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code to
$108 per year. It is possible that future substantial changes in
our ownership could occur that could result in additional
ownership changes pursuant to Section 382. If such an
ownership change were to occur, there would be an annual
limitation on the remaining tax loss carryforward. Federal net
operating losses have increased the overall net deferred tax
asset of $13,648 by $800 as of April 30, 2009. Federal net
operating losses have reduced the overall net deferred tax
liability of $10,269 by $838 as of April 30, 2008.
There were no state net operating loss carryforwards as of
April 30, 2009 and 2008. We have reserved approximately $26
against non-current deferred taxes for a capital loss
carryforward, which we do not anticipate using prior to its
expiration.
F-38
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
We adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48
(FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement
109 on May 1, 2007. As required by FIN 48, the
cumulative effect of applying the provisions of the
interpretation has been recorded as a $95 charge to the retained
earnings balance as of May 1, 2007, a reclassification of
SFAS No. 5 reserves of $586, an $85 adjustment to
goodwill, and an additional $57 of income tax expense. At
April 30, 2009 and 2008, we had gross tax-affected
unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $929 and $944,
respectively, all of which, if recognized, would favorably
impact the effective tax rate. In addition, at April 30,
2009 and 2008, we have approximately $201 and $152,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions, which have been recorded in other
non-current liabilities. A reconciliation of the beginning and
ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
944
|
|
|
$
|
823
|
|
Gross increases tax positions in prior year
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Gross increases current period tax positions
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
929
|
|
|
$
|
944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The full value of our unrecognized tax benefits has been
classified as non-current income tax liabilities because a
payment of cash is not anticipated within one year of the
balance sheet date. In fiscal 2010, we expect to incur
additional interest on outstanding tax accounts. We dont
expect this change to be material. Interest and penalties
related to income tax liabilities are included in income tax
expense.
With limited exception, we are subject to U.S. federal,
state and local, or
non-U.S. income
tax audits by tax authorities for several years. We are
currently under income tax examination by the Internal Revenue
Service for tax year ended April 30, 2007. We anticipate
this audit will be completed by the end of fiscal 2010.
|
|
22.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Litigation
We, together with other firearm manufacturers and certain
related organizations, are a co-defendant in various legal
proceedings involving product liability claims and are aware of
other product liability claims, including allegations of
defective product design, manufacturing, negligent marketing,
and/or
distribution of firearms leading to personal injury, including
wrongful death. The lawsuits and claims are based principally on
the theory of strict liability, but also may be
based on negligence, breach of warranty, and other legal
theories. In many of the lawsuits, punitive damages, as well as
compensatory damages, are demanded. Aggregate claimed amounts
currently exceed product liability accruals and, if applicable,
insurance coverage. We believe that, in every case, the various
allegations as described above are unfounded, and, in addition,
that any accident and any results from them were due to
negligence or misuse of the firearm by the claimant or a third
party and that there should be no recovery against us.
In addition, we are a co-defendant in legal proceedings brought
by the City of Gary, Indiana against numerous firearm
manufacturers, distributors, and dealers seeking to recover
damages allegedly arising out of the misuse of firearms by third
parties in shootings. The citys complaint seeks money
damages, among other things, for the costs of investigating
crime, preventing crime, costs of medical care, police and
emergency services, and decreases in property values. In
addition, nuisance abatement
and/or
injunctive relief is sought to change the design, manufacture,
marketing, and distribution practices of the various defendants.
The suit alleges public nuisance, negligent distribution and
marketing, and negligent design. We believe that the various
allegations as described above are unfounded, and, in addition,
that any accidents and any results from them were due to
negligence or misuse of the firearm by a third party and that
there should be no recovery against us.
F-39
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
We, our Chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer, and
our former Chief Financial Officer were named in three similar
purported securities class action lawsuits. The complaints in
these actions, which have been consolidated into one action,
were brought individually and on behalf of all persons who
purchased securities of our company between June 15, 2007
and December 6, 2007. The plaintiffs seek unspecified
damages for alleged violations of Section 10(b) and
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. We have filed a Motion
to Dismiss the litigation. The court has dismissed our Chairman
of the Board from the litigation.
We are also involved in a purported stockholder derivative
lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Nevada. The action was brought by plaintiffs on behalf of our
company against certain of our officers and directors. The case
has been stayed pending a decision in the shareholder case
outlined above.
We intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these class action
and derivative lawsuits. There can be no assurance, however,
that we will not have to pay significant damages or amounts in
settlement above insurance coverage. An unfavorable outcome or
prolonged litigation could harm our business. Litigation of this
nature also is expensive and time consuming, and diverts the
time and attention of our management.
We monitor the status of known claims and the product liability
accrual, which includes amounts for defense costs for asserted
and unasserted claims. While it is difficult to forecast the
outcome of these claims, we believe, after consultation with
litigation counsel, that it is uncertain whether the outcome of
these claims will have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. We
believe that we have provided adequate reserves for defense
costs. We do not anticipate material adverse judgments and
intend to vigorously defend ourselves.
At this time, an estimated range of reasonably possible
additional losses, as that term is defined in
SFAS No. 5, Loss Contingencies, relating
to unfavorable outcomes cannot be made.
In the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we
paid $1,323, $406, and $66, respectively, in defense and
administrative costs relative to product liability and municipal
litigation. In addition, we spent an aggregate of $0, $463, and
$25, respectively, in those fiscal years in settlement fees
relative to product liability cases.
In fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, we recorded expense of $1,642,
$331, and $159, respectively, to recognize changes in our
product and municipal litigation liability.
We have recorded our liability for defense costs before
consideration for reimbursement from insurance carriers. We have
also recorded the amount due as reimbursement under existing
policies from the insurance carriers as a receivable shown in
other current assets and other assets.
New
Cases
Scott C. Worrall v. Smith & Wesson Corp., et.
al., in the Superior Court for the State of Indiana for the
County of Vigo. The complaint, filed on January 9, 2009,
alleges that plaintiff sustained eye injuries on or about
January 9, 2007, while using a Smith & Wesson
Model 22A-1 firearm. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages against
us and the seller of the firearm. The complaint alleges
negligence, strict liability, design and manufacturing defects,
failure to warn, and breach of warranty. On February 18,
2009, we filed a motion to dismiss plaintiffs complaint.
On May 1, 2009, the court granted our motion to dismiss
without prejudice. On May 19, 2009, plaintiff filed his
amended complaint. On May 29, 2009, we filed our answer to
plaintiffs amended complaint. Discovery is ongoing. No
trial has been set to date.
Chester Wolfe, et. al. v. Smith & Wesson
Holding Corporation, etl al. in the Common Pleas Court of
Miami County, Ohio. The complaint, filed on December 16,
2008, alleges that the plaintiff sustained an amputation of his
left thumb on December 25, 2007, while operating a
Smith & Wesson Model 460 revolver, due to gas escaping
from the barrel cylinder gap at the front of the revolver.
Plaintiffs allege products liability asserting claims for design
and
F-40
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
manufacturing defect, failure to warn, and loss of consortium.
Plaintiffs seek damages in excess of $25,000. On
January 14, 2009, we filed our answer denying
plaintiffs allegations. Discovery is ongoing. Trial is
scheduled to begin on March 2, 2010.
Michael Robinson v. Smith & Wesson Corp.,
in Superior Court for the Judicial District of New London, in
New London, Connecticut. The complaint, filed on
May 8, 2009, seeks to recover damages for personal injuries
allegedly sustained by the plaintiff on or about March 18,
2007. The plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary and punitive
damages against us and a subsequent seller of the firearm. The
plaintiff claims to have been injured when a Walther PPK/S
firearm allegedly manufactured and distributed by us
accidentally discharged. As it relates to us, the plaintiff
alleges design and manufacturing defect, failure to warn,
negligence, and breach of warranty, in that the Walther PPK/S
pistol was defective in that it discharged without the trigger
being pulled. Plaintiff also asserts a claim for temporary or
permanent injunction to prevent us from modifying the firearm in
question. On February 20, 2009, we announced a recall of
Walther PPK/S pistols manufactured by us, to correct a condition
that may occur in certain of our pistols. We will evaluate the
impact the condition that led to the recall had on this firearm,
if any. Our answer to plaintiffs complaint is due on
July 2, 2009.
Cases
Dismissed or Resolved
Donald J. Roden v. Smith & Wesson Holding
Corporation, in the United States District Court of Montana
Billings Division. Mr. Roden is a former employee who
alleges that his termination violated the Montana Wrongful
Discharge from Employment Act. On December 11, 2008, this
case was settled within the limits of our self-insured retention.
Aaron Sarnacki v. Smith & Wesson Holding
Corp., et al.; Ben Mahnkey v. Smith & Wesson
Holding Corp., et al. in the Superior Court for
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Hampden County. The two cases
cited above are purported derivative actions brought by
plaintiffs on behalf of our company against certain of our
officers and directors. On May 23, 2008, we and the
individual defendants moved to dismiss the Consolidated
Derivative Complaint. On January 6, 2009, the court granted
our motion to dismiss with prejudice. Plaintiffs deadline
to appeal has passed, and no appeal was filed.
Edward J. Robinson and Rebecca Robinson v. Apex Oil
Company, Smith & Wesson Corp., et al., in the
Circuit Court for the Third Judicial Circuit, Madison County,
Illinois. The complaint, filed on July 31, 2008, names us
and 28 other corporations as defendants. The plaintiff alleges
that each of the 29 defendants were responsible for exposing the
plaintiff to benzene-containing products during the time of his
employment from 1961 to 2005. As it relates to us, the plaintiff
alleges that he was employed as an assembly line worker and
machine operator at a plant in Alton, Illinois, operated by us.
During the time of his employment, the plaintiff alleges that he
was exposed to benzene-containing products in the work place and
asserts a negligence claim against us and his other past
employers, as well as strict liability claims against the
numerous corporations who are alleged to have sold
benzene-containing products that were used in the work place.
The complaint was served on August 14, 2008. On
October 21, 2008, we filed a Motion to Dismiss. On
January 23, 2009, the plaintiffs voluntarily withdrew their
claim against us, without prejudice.
District of Columbia, et al. v. Beretta U.S.A. Corp., et
al., in the Superior Court for the District of Columbia. On
October 27, 2005, defendants filed a Motion for Judgment on
the Pleadings based on the Protection of Lawful Commerce in Arms
Act (PLCAA). On May 22, 2006, the court granted
defendants motion for judgment on the pleadings and
dismissed the case in its entirety. On January 10, 2008,
the D.C. Court of Appeals issued an opinion affirming the trial
courts dismissal of plaintiffs case pursuant to the
PLCAA. On October 23, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a petition
for writ of certiorari to the United States Supreme Court. On
March 9, 2009, the United States Supreme Court denied the
plaintiffs petition for certiorari.
F-41
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
City of New York, et al. v. Arms Technology, Inc., et
al., in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of New York. The complaint alleges that the defendants
have created, contributed to, and maintained a public nuisance
in the city of New York because of their allegedly negligent
marketing and distribution practices. On October 26, 2005,
defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss based on the PLCAA. On
December 2, 2005, the court denied defendants Motion
to Dismiss finding that PLCAA is inapplicable to the claims
brought by plaintiff. On December 13, 2005, defendants
filed their appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. On
April 20, 2008, the Second Circuit affirmed the District
Courts decision with respect to the constitutionality of
the PLCAA, and reversed as to the denial of defendants
motion to dismiss on the basis of the claim restricting
provisions of the PLCAA. On October 20, 2008, the plaintiff
filed a petition for writ of certiorari to the United States
Supreme Court. On February 4, 2009, defendants filed their
opposition to plaintiffs petition. On March 9, 2009,
the United States Supreme Court denied plaintiffs petition
for certiorari.
Cases
on Appeal
Tenedora Tuma, S.A. v. Smith & Wesson
Corp., in the Civil and Commercial Court of the First
District of the Court of First Instance of the National
District, Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic. The plaintiff
commenced this suit by submitting a request for a preliminary
reconciliation hearing. After two preliminary reconciliation
hearings, the Reconciliation Committee issued a Certificate of
Lack of Agreement. Thereafter, a Summons and Notice of Claim was
issued to us on January 17, 2000. The plaintiff alleged we
terminated its distributor agreement without just cause and
sought damages of approximately $600 for alleged violations of
Dominican Republic Law 173 for the Protection of Importers of
Merchandise and Products. Briefing on the merits was completed
in the trial court in November 2002. On June 7, 2004, the
court granted our Motion to Dismiss in its entirety.
Notification of the judgment was filed on August 10, 2004.
On or about September 9, 2004, plaintiff purportedly
appealed the decision. On March 3, 2005, we were informed
that a hearing had been held in the Court of Appeals on
October 27, 2004, without notification to our counsel or us
and that the merits of plaintiffs appeal have been taken
under advisement by that court. On June 23, 2005, a hearing
was held wherein we attempted to re-open the appeal based on the
lack of service of the appeal papers on us. On or about
November 11, 2005, the Court of Appeals rendered a final
decision. The Court refused plaintiffs arguments on appeal
and upheld our petitions, confirming all aspects of the Judgment
rendered by the Court of First Instance in our favor. On
January 12, 2006, plaintiff appealed to the Supreme Court
in the Dominican Republic. Our response was filed on
February 10, 2006. A hearing was held before the Supreme
Court in the Dominican Republic on October 11, 2006,
wherein both parties presented their final arguments. No
decision has been issued to date.
City of Gary, Indiana, by its Mayor, Scott L. King v.
Smith & Wesson Corp., et al., in Lake Superior
Court, Indiana. Plaintiffs complaint alleges public
nuisance, negligent distribution and marketing, and negligent
design and seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory and
punitive damages and certain injunctive relief. Defendants
motion to dismiss plaintiffs complaint was granted on all
counts on January 11, 2001. On September 20, 2002, the
Indiana Court of Appeals issued an opinion affirming the trial
courts dismissal of plaintiffs claims against the
manufacturer defendants. On December 23, 2003, the Indiana
Supreme Court issued a decision on plaintiffs Petition to
Transfer reversing the decision of the court of appeals and
remanding the case to the trial court. The court held that
plaintiff should be allowed to proceed with its public nuisance
and negligence claims against all defendants and its negligent
design claim against the manufacturer defendants. We filed our
answer to plaintiffs amended complaint on January 30,
2004. On November 23, 2005, defendants filed a Motion to
Dismiss based on the PLCAA. Plaintiffs opposition to
defendants motion to dismiss was filed on
February 22, 2006. Oral argument was held on May 10,
2006. On October 23, 2006, the court denied
defendants motion to dismiss. On November 21, 2006,
defendants filed a motion requesting certification of an
interlocutory appeal of the courts order denying
defendants motion to dismiss based on the PLCAA. The court
granted defendants motion and certified the case for
appeal on the same day it was filed. On February 5, 2007,
the Court of Appeals accepted jurisdiction of the appeal.
Defendants filed their notice of appeal with the Court of
Appeals on February 5, 2007. Oral argument was held
F-42
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
before the Indiana Court of Appeals on October 1, 2007. On
October 29, 2007, the Indiana Court of Appeals issued its
decision affirming the trial courts denial of
defendants motion for judgment on the pleadings based on
the PLCAA. The court affirmed on different grounds, holding that
the statute does not apply to the City of Garys case. The
court did not address the constitutional claims. On
November 28, 2007, defendants filed a petition for
rehearing in the Indiana Court of Appeals. On January 9,
2008, the Court of Appeals issued an order denying
defendants motion for rehearing. On February 7, 2008,
defendants filed a petition to transfer to the Indiana Supreme
Court. Plaintiffs response to defendants petition to
transfer to the Indiana Supreme Court was filed. On
January 12, 2009, the Indiana Supreme Court denied
defendants petition to transfer jurisdiction.
Defendants deadline to appeal to the United States Supreme
Court expired on April 9, 2009. Defendants elected not to
ask that court to review the Indiana Court of Appeals
October 29, 2007 decision. Trial is not currently scheduled.
Pending
Cases
In re Smith & Wesson Holding Corp. Securities
Litigation. This case is a consolidation of the following
three cases: William Hwang v. Smith & Wesson
Holding Corp., et al.; Joe Cranford v. Smith &
Wesson Holding Corp., et al.; Joanne Trudelle v.
Smith & Wesson Holding Corp., et al. It is pending
in the United States District Court for the District of
Massachusetts (Springfield), and is a purported securities class
action lawsuit brought individually and on behalf of all persons
who purchased the securities of our company between
June 15, and December 6, 2007. The putative plaintiffs
seek unspecified damages against us, certain of our officers,
and our directors for alleged violations of Sections 10(b)
and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. On February 11, 2008, the
plaintiffs in each of the above-referenced actions filed motions
for consolidation of the actions and to appoint lead class
plaintiffs and lead counsel pursuant to the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the PSLRA). The
Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System was
appointed Lead Plaintiff of the putative class. On May 30,
2008, Lead Plaintiff Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and
Retirement System filed a Consolidated Class Action
Complaint seeking unspecified damages against us and several
officers and directors for alleged violations of
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. On
August 28, 2008, we and the named officers and directors
moved to dismiss the Consolidated Amended Complaint because it
fails to state a claim under the federal securities laws and the
PSLRA. The putative class Lead Plaintiff submitted its
Opposition to our motion on October 28, 2008. We filed our
reply to that Opposition on December 12, 2008. A hearing
was held on our motion to dismiss on January 12, 2009. On
March 26, 2009, our motion was granted as to
Mr. Monheit and denied as to the remaining defendants.
Cary Green v. Smith & Wesson Holding Corp., et
al. in the United States District Court for the District of
Nevada. This action is a purported derivative action brought by
plaintiffs on behalf of our company against certain of our
officers and directors. The complaints seek to assert claims
including alleged breach of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate
assets, and unjust enrichment. The putative plaintiffs seek
unspecified damages on behalf of our company from the individual
defendants, and recovery of their attorneys fees. On
April 29, 2008, the parties submitted, and the Court
entered, a joint stipulation to stay this action in its entirety
until 30 days after the United States District Court
for the District of Massachusetts issues a ruling on any motion
to dismiss the complaint filed in In re Smith &
Wesson Holding Corp. Securities Litigation. On
March 26, 2009, our motion in that case was granted as to
Mr. Monheit and denied as to the remaining defendants. On
June 11, 2009 we filed a motion to dismiss. No decision has
issued to date.
Oren Gorden v. Smith & Wesson Corp., et.
al., in the Territorial Court of the Virgin Islands,
District of St. Crois. The complaint was filed on
January 19, 2001 and seeks unspecified compensatory damages
for personal injuries allegedly sustained by Mr. Gorden.
The complaint alleges that Mr. Gordens
Smith & Wesson handgun malfunctioned and exploded when
he tried to load it. We filed an answer denying all allegations
of liability. On November 17, 2003, the firearm at issue in
this case was lost in transit by a commercial carrier while it
was being returned by us to plaintiff. On April 21, 2004,
the court denied our motion for summary judgment and extended
the
F-43
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
pretrial deadlines. Mediation was conducted on April 13,
2005. Expert discovery is ongoing. A status conference was held
on October 29, 2007. Trial is scheduled to begin on
September 28, 2009.
Paul Rob Lewis v. Smith & Wesson
Corp., et. al., in the Superior Court of Washington, King
County, in the state of Washington. The complaint, filed on
March 20, 2007, alleges that plaintiff sustained eye
injuries on or about April 23, 2004, while using a
Smith & Wesson 9mm pistol. The plaintiff seeks
unspecified damages against us, the ammunition manufacturer, and
the sellers of the firearm and ammunition. The complaint alleges
negligence, design and manufacturing defects, failure to warn,
and breach of warranty. On April 30, 2007, we filed an
answer to the plaintiffs complaint denying all allegations
of liability. On May 1, 2007, a co-defendant filed a Motion
for Change of Venue. The Court denied the motion for change of
venue. The ammunition manufacturer filed for, and was granted,
summary judgment, leaving us and the seller of the firearm as
the remaining defendants in the case. In granting summary
judgment in favor of the ammunition manufacturer, however, the
trial court also ruled that the remaining defendants could not
claim, argue or attempt to attribute fault, at trial, directly
or indirectly, express or implied, on the part of the
manufacturer of the ammunition plaintiff was using at the time
of the incident at issue in the case. On August 29, 2008,
the Washington Court of Appeals heard a petition for
discretionary review filed on our behalf challenging this
ruling. On September 2, 2008, the Washington Court of
Appeals denied our petition for discretionary review. On
September 4, 2008, the seller of the firearm and ammunition
settled with the plaintiff, leaving us as the only remaining
defendant in the case. The trial of this matter was set to begin
on September 8, 2008. However, the trial was ultimately
continued to allow the Court to resolve certain pre-trial
issues, including the admissibility of evidence of an ammunition
failure as the cause for this incident. On December 2,
2008, the plaintiff filed a motion to vacate the summary
judgment dismissing the ammunition manufacturer defendant from
the case. A pre-trial conference was held December 9, 2008.
On April 10, 2009, the Court vacated the ammunition
manufacturers summary judgment, and they are once again a
defendant in the case. Trial has been rescheduled to
January 2, 2010.
Roger Foltz v. Smith & Wesson Corp., in
the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Texas. This civil action, filed on April 7, 2008 in the
District Court of Dallas County, Texas, alleges that the
plaintiff sustained an amputation of a portion of his left index
finger on April 8, 2006, while operating a
Smith & Wesson Model 460 revolver due to gas escaping
from the barrel cylinder gap at the front of the revolver. The
plaintiff has asserted an unspecified claim for money damages
seeking to recover from the physical pain, mental and emotional
anguish, and medical expenses incurred as a result of this
incident. We filed an answer to the complaint on May 13,
2008 denying any and all liability to the plaintiff. On
May 20, 2008, the matter was removed to the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Texas. Mediation was
conducted on October 21, 2008. On January 14, 2009, we
filed a motion for summary judgment. No decision has issued on
the motion to date. The trial was rescheduled to October 5,
2009.
Steve J. Bezet v. Smith & Wesson Corp., in
the United States District Court for the Middle District of
Louisiana. The complaint, filed on October 24, 2008,
alleges that the plaintiff sustained personal injuries on
February 8, 2008, as a result of the accidental discharge of a
Smith & Wesson Model 4006 pistol. The plaintiff seeks
damages in the amount of $1,150,000 as compensation for the
medical expenses, loss of earning capacity, conscious pain and
suffering, and disability allegedly sustained by the plaintiff.
The complaint asserts claims for negligence and strict
liability. On December 16, 2008, we filed a partial motion
to dismiss and answer to the plaintiffs complaint denying
all allegations of liability. On March 10, 2009, the court
granted our motion to dismiss and dismissed plaintiffs
non-Louisiana Products Liability claims with prejudice.
Discovery is ongoing. Trial is not yet scheduled.
Todd Brown and Kathy Brown v. Smith & Wesson
Corp., in the United States District Court for the Western
District of Arkansas. The complaint, filed on July 18,
2008, asserts claims for negligence, strict liability and breach
of warranty. The plaintiff seeks unspecified money damages. The
plaintiff claims to have been using a Smith & Wesson
Model 460 revolver on December 26, 2007 when he sustained
injuries to his left hand during the firing of the revolver. The
plaintiff alleges that we failed to provide adequate warnings
regarding the risk of personal injury
F-44
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
associated with the gases escaping from the barrel cylinder gap
of the revolver during firing. We filed our Answer to the
Complaint on August 14, 2008, denying plaintiffs
allegations of liability. Discovery is ongoing. Trial is
scheduled for September 28, 2009.
Jeremy T. Hunter and Alysha Hunter v. Smith &
Wesson Corp., et al. in the United States District Court for
the Southern District of Illinois. The civil action, filed
September 9, 2008, seeks to recover damages for personal
injuries allegedly sustained by the plaintiff on
September 25, 2006. The plaintiff seeks unspecified money
damages against us, the holster manufacturer, the seller of the
holster, and the seller of the firearm. The plaintiff claims to
have been injured while on duty as a police officer in Granite
City, Illinois, when a Walther PPK/S firearm allegedly
manufactured and distributed by us accidentally discharged. As
it relates to us, the plaintiff alleges that the Walther PPK/S
pistol was defective in that the firearm safety mechanisms
failed to prevent the pistol from discharging without the
trigger being pulled. On October 22, 2008, we filed an
answer to the plaintiffs complaint denying all allegations
of liability. The case was removed to the United States District
Court for the Southern District of Illinois. On
February 20, 2009, we announced a recall of Walther PPK/S
pistols manufactured by us, to correct a condition that may
occur in certain of our pistols. We continue to evaluate the
impact the condition that led to the recall had on this firearm,
if any. Discovery is ongoing. Trial is scheduled for
February 16, 2010.
Mark D. Lee v. Smith & Wesson Corp., et
al., in the Court of Common Pleas of Richland County, Ohio.
This civil action, filed on November 11, 2008, alleges that
the plaintiff sustained an injury to his right eye on
November 11, 2006 while operating a Smith &
Wesson Model 460 XVR revolver. The plaintiff seeks unspecified
damages against us and the seller of the firearm. The complaint
alleges that this incident occurred when the cylinder of the
revolver swung up upon firing, allowing gases and particles to
escape from the firearm during firing. The complaint asserts
claims for negligence, strict liability, and breach of warranty.
On January 2, 2009, we filed a motion to strike and a
partial motion to dismiss certain portions of plaintiffs
complaint. On January 9, 2009 our motion was denied by the
court. On February 4, 2009, we filed our answer to
plaintiffs complaint. Discovery is ongoing. Trial is
scheduled for March 2, 2010.
Brian Ward v. Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., et.
al., in the Forty-Sixth Circuit Court for Otsego County,
Michigan. The complaint was filed on October 16, 2006 and
alleges that plaintiff sustained eye injuries using a
Thompson/Center Arms rifle. Plaintiff asserts product liability
claims against both Thompson/Center Arms and the retailer based
on negligence and warranty principles. The plaintiff is seeking
an unspecified amount of compensatory damages. On
November 15, 2006, Thompson/Center Arms filed an answer
denying all allegations of liability. On February 2, 2009,
the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. On
February 17, 2009, we filed our answer to plaintiffs
complaint. Expert discovery is ongoing. Trial is not yet
scheduled.
Jesse James and Kay James v. Thompson/Center Arms
Company, Inc., et. al. in the 151st Judicial District
for Harris County, Texas. The district court petition filed on
September 24, 2007, alleges that plaintiff Jesse James
sustained eye injuries while using a Thompson/Center Arms rifle.
The plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of compensatory
damages against Thompson/Center Arms, us, and the
seller/distributor of the firearm. Plaintiffs allege negligence,
design and manufacturing defects, failure to warn, and breach of
warranty. On October 17, 2007, defendant filed an answer to
the plaintiffs complaint denying all allegations of
liability. Plaintiffs have tentatively agreed that we are not a
proper party and no answer is currently required. Should it be
determined that we are a proper party, we will have 30 days
to file an answer. Discovery is ongoing. Trial was rescheduled
to December 7, 2009.
SEC
Investigation
The SEC conducted an investigation to determine whether there
were violations of the federal securities laws in connection
with matters relating to the restatement of our consolidated
financial statements for fiscal 2002 and the first three
quarters of fiscal 2003. On June 18, 2009, the SEC notified
us that it had completed its investigation and was not
recommending any enforcement action against us.
F-45
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Bureau
of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms & Explosives
(ATF) Audit
The ATF asserted various instances of failure to comply with the
Gun Control Act of 1968 and its attendant rules and regulations
following an on-premises inspection of our Springfield,
Massachusetts facility. These asserted violations related to
inventory, record keeping, and reporting obligations. We
resolved the compliance issues raised by ATF, which agreed not
to commence or recommend any licensing proceedings against us as
a result of any conduct known to it. The resolution included
various measures designed to achieve our goal of positioning
ourselves at the forefront of industry compliance efforts. In
connection with resolving the matter, we agreed, among other
things, to maintain an internal compliance department to ensure
compliance with all firearms laws; agreed to extra compliance
inspections; agreed to continue to work with ATF in following
internal compliance processes; and agreed to institute various
inventory, record keeping, tracking, and reporting procedures.
In addition, we agreed to pay a settlement in the amount of
$500, payable $200 by March 14, 2009 and $150 on each of
January 14, 2010 and January 14, 2011. As of
April 30, 2009, the March payment had been remitted to the
ATF with the remaining amounts payable recorded as $150 in
current liabilities and $150 in non-current liabilities.
Environmental
Remediation
We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws that
regulate the discharge of materials into, or otherwise relate to
the protection of, the environment. These laws have required,
and are expected to continue to require, us to make significant
expenditures of both a capital and expense nature. Several of
the more significant federal laws applicable to our operations
include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act (CERCLA), and the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA).
We have in place programs and personnel to monitor compliance
with various federal, state, and local environmental
regulations. In the normal course of our manufacturing
operations, we are subject to governmental proceedings and
orders pertaining to waste disposal, air emissions, and water
discharges into the environment. We fund our environmental costs
through cash flows from operations. We believe that we are in
compliance with applicable environmental regulations in all
material respects.
We are required to remediate hazardous waste at our facilities.
Currently, we own designated sites in Springfield, Massachusetts
and are subject to two release areas, which are the focus of
remediation projects as part of the Massachusetts Contingency
Plan (MCP). The MCP provides a structured
environment for the voluntary remediation of regulated releases.
We may be required to remove hazardous waste or remediate the
alleged effects of hazardous substances on the environment
associated with past disposal practices at sites not owned by
us. We have received notice that we are a potentially
responsible party from the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA)
and/or
individual states under CERCLA or a state equivalent at one site.
We had reserves of $754 as of April 30, 2009 ($577 as
non-current) for remediation of the sites referred to above and
believe that the time frame for remediation is currently
indeterminable. Therefore, the time frame for payment of such
remediation is likewise currently indeterminable, thus making
any net present value calculation impracticable. Our estimate of
these costs is based upon currently enacted laws and
regulations, currently available facts, experience in
remediation efforts, existing technology, and the ability of
other potentially responsible parties or contractually liable
parties to pay the allocated portions of any environmental
obligations.
When the available information is sufficient to estimate the
amount of liability, that estimate has been used; when the
information is only sufficient to establish a range of probable
liability and no point within the range is more likely than any
other, the lower end of the range has been used. We do not have
insurance coverage for our environmental remediation costs. We
have not recognized any gains from probable recoveries or other
gain contingencies. The environmental reserve was calculated
using undiscounted amounts based on independent environmental
remediation reports obtained.
F-46
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
On February 25, 2003, we sold approximately 85 acres
of company-owned property in the city of Springfield,
Massachusetts to the Springfield Redevelopment Authority
(SRA) for $1,750, resulting in a net gain of $1,700.
The terms of the sale included a cash payment of $750 at the
closing and a promissory note for the remaining $1,000. The note
was collateralized by a mortgage on the sold property. This note
was due in 2022 and accrued interest at a fixed rate of 6.0% per
annum. This note was paid in full by the SRA in fiscal 2007.
The 85 acres have known environmental liabilities related
to past operating practices, and the sales price reflected those
issues. The buyer, the SRA, is an agency of the city of
Springfield and had obtained governmental grants to help defray
costs related to the property. At the time of the sale, we did
not decrease our reserves as we were waiting for the remediation
(which would eliminate any potential liability) to be completed.
Remediation was completed by the SRA in May 2005 and we reduced
our environmental reserves by $3,100 in the quarter ended
July 31, 2005.
Pursuant to the merger agreement signed December 15, 2006,
effective January 3, 2007, we completed the acquisition of
Bear Lake Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries, including
Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc., for $102,000 in cash. Under
the agreement, the former stockholders of Bear Lake Acquisition
Corp. have indemnified us for losses arising from, among other
things, environmental conditions related to its manufacturing
activities. Of the purchase price, $8,000 was placed in an
escrow account, a portion of which will be applied to
environmental remediation at the manufacturing site in
Rochester, New Hampshire. In November 2008, $2,500 of the escrow
account was released to the sellers. We are currently working on
a remediation action plan with the sellers in order to remediate
the environmental contamination found at the site. It is not
presently possible to estimate the ultimate amount of all
remediation costs and potential uses of the escrow. As of
April 30, 2009, approximately $1,221 of the escrow has been
spent on safety and environmental testing and remediation
activities. We believe the likelihood of environmental
remediation costs exceeding the amount available in escrow to be
remote.
Based on information known to us, we do not expect current
environmental regulations or environmental proceedings and
claims to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
However, it is not possible to predict with certainty the impact
on us of future environmental compliance requirements or of the
cost of resolution of future environmental proceedings and
claims, in part because the scope of the remedies that may be
required is not certain, liability under federal environmental
laws is joint and several in nature, and environmental laws and
regulations are subject to modification and changes in
interpretation. There can be no assurance that additional or
changing environmental regulation will not become more
burdensome in the future and that any such development would not
have a material adverse effect on our company.
Suppliers
The inability to obtain sufficient quantities of raw materials,
components, and other supplies from independent sources
necessary for the production of our products could result in
reduced or delayed sales or lost orders. Any delay in or loss of
sales could adversely impact our operating results. Many of the
materials used in the production of our products are available
only from a limited number of suppliers. In most cases, we do
not have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers.
Contracts
Employment Agreements We have entered into
employment agreements with certain officers and managers to
retain their service in the ordinary course of business.
Other Agreements We have distribution
agreements with various third parties in the ordinary course of
business.
F-47
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
Rental
Leases
We lease office space in Scottsdale, Arizona, under an operating
lease which expires in January 2011, machinery and photocopiers
at our Springfield, Houlton, and Rochester locations with
various expiration dates, modular building space in our
Rochester location that expires in January 2010, and vehicles
for our national sales force.
As of April 30, 2009, the lease commitments were
approximately as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended April 30,
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
841
|
|
2011
|
|
|
660
|
|
2012
|
|
|
608
|
|
2013
|
|
|
570
|
|
2014
|
|
|
189
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense in the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009,
2008, and 2007 was approximately $804, $561, and $413,
respectively.
We relocated into a new Scottsdale location on August 1,
2005 and entered into a
65-month
lease agreement for the space. The lease expense for fiscal year
2009 is approximately $73, 2010 is $75, and 2011 is $45. On
February 29, 2008, we sublet part of the Scottsdale
location to Global Alert, LLC, a company partly owned by a
member of our board of directors. The sublease is for the
remaining term of the original lease and will reduce our lease
expense by approximately $32 in 2010 and $20 in 2011.
|
|
23.
|
Quarterly
Financial Information (Unaudited)
|
The following table summarizes quarterly financial results in
fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008. In our opinion, all adjustments
necessary to present fairly the information for such quarters
have been reflected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended April 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Full
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net product and services sales
|
|
$
|
78,480
|
|
|
$
|
73,227
|
|
|
$
|
83,712
|
|
|
$
|
99,536
|
|
|
$
|
334,955
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
25,376
|
|
|
|
19,968
|
|
|
|
21,588
|
|
|
|
30,856
|
|
|
|
97,788
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
6,249
|
|
|
|
(95,528
|
)
|
|
|
4,580
|
|
|
|
11,977
|
|
|
|
(72,722
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,254
|
|
|
$
|
(76,231
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,355
|
|
|
$
|
7,415
|
|
|
$
|
(64,207
|
)
|
Per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
(1.62
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
(1.62
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(1.37
|
)
|
Market price (high-low)
|
|
$
|
7.48-4.08
|
|
|
$
|
5.83-1.53
|
|
|
$
|
3.29-1.67
|
|
|
$
|
7.50-2.30
|
|
|
$
|
7.50-1.53
|
|
F-48
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended April 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Full
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net product and services sales
|
|
$
|
74,842
|
|
|
$
|
71,396
|
|
|
$
|
66,565
|
|
|
$
|
83,107
|
|
|
$
|
295,910
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
27,209
|
|
|
|
23,078
|
|
|
|
16,620
|
|
|
|
25,468
|
|
|
|
92,375
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
6,534
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
7,487
|
|
|
|
24,140
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
4,690
|
|
|
$
|
2,942
|
|
|
$
|
(1,807
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,296
|
|
|
$
|
9,121
|
|
Per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Market price (high-low)
|
|
$
|
19.20-12.04
|
|
|
$
|
22.80-11.98
|
|
|
$
|
12.77-3.72
|
|
|
$
|
7.77-4.28
|
|
|
$
|
22.80-3.72
|
|
On June 18, 2009, we announced that we entered into a
material definitive agreement to acquire Universal Safety
Response, Inc. (USR). USR, based in Franklin,
Tennessee, sells and installs perimeter security products to
military and large corporate customers. USRs business
model, product line and broad customer base will allow us to
expand into new markets in the security industry.
|
|
25.
|
Pro Forma
Results (Unaudited)
|
The following table reflects unaudited pro forma results of
operations assuming that the Thompson/Center Arms acquisition
had occurred on May 1, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
287,675
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
14,960
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
F-49
SCHEDULE II
SMITH &
WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the Years Ended April 30, 2009, 2008, and
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
May 1,
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
April 30,
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
197
|
|
|
$
|
2,312
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(123
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,386
|
|
Inventory reserve
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
1,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,211
|
)
|
|
|
4,459
|
|
Deferred tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Warranty reserve
|
|
|
1,923
|
|
|
|
6,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,668
|
)
|
|
|
5,334
|
|
Product liability
|
|
|
8,617
|
|
|
|
1,528
|
|
|
|
(2,681
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
|
6,880
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
1,439
|
|
|
|
1,865
|
|
|
|
189
|
(5)
|
|
|
(970
|
)
|
|
|
2,523
|
|
Environmental
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
754
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
|
$
|
299
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(248
|
)
|
|
$
|
197
|
|
Inventory reserve
|
|
|
4,290
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(504
|
)
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
Deferred tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Warranty reserve
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,674
|
)
|
|
|
1,923
|
|
Product liability
|
|
|
8,951
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
(259
|
)(4)
|
|
|
(406
|
)
|
|
|
8,617
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(697
|
)
|
|
|
1,439
|
|
Environmental
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
645
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
75
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
(116
|
)
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
Inventory reserve
|
|
|
2,392
|
|
|
|
935
|
|
|
|
1,119
|
(2)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
4,290
|
|
Deferred tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
26
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Warranty reserve
|
|
|
1,484
|
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
234
|
(2)
|
|
|
(1,840
|
)
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
Product liability
|
|
|
7,469
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
1,348
|
(3)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
8,951
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
79
|
(2)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
Environmental
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
231
|
(2)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Decrease in product liability was offset by a corresponding
reduction in receivable from insurance carrier (other assets or
other current assets). |
|
(2) |
|
Increase in 2007 valuation accounts represents acquired balances
as of January 3, 2007 relating to the Thompson/Center Arms
acquisition. |
|
(3) |
|
Increase of $1,396 in product liability represents acquired
balance as of January 3, 2007 relating to the
Thompson/Center Arms acquisition offset by $48 decrease that was
offset by a corresponding reduction in receivable from insurance
carrier. |
|
(4) |
|
Decrease of $234 in product liability represents adjustment to
acquisition accounting relating to the Thompson/Center Arms
acquisition and by $24 decrease that was offset by a
corresponding reduction in receivable from insurance carrier. |
|
(5) |
|
Increase in workers compensation was offset by a
corresponding increase in excess workers compensation
insurance receivable (other assets). |
F-50
exv10w72
Exhibit 10.72
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
This Indemnity Agreement (this Agreement), dated as of June ___, 2009, is made by and
between SMITH & WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the Company), and the
undersigned who is either a director, an officer, an employee, an agent, or a consultant of the
Company (the Indemnitee) with this Agreement to be deemed effective as of the date that the
Indemnitee first became director, officer, a key employee, an agent, or a consultant of the
Company.
RECITALS
A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are reluctant to serve as
directors, officers, key employees, agents, or consultants of corporations unless they are
protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to the exposure to
litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact
that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors
and officers;
B. The Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has concluded that, to retain and
attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as officers, directors, employees, agents, or
consultants of the Company, it is necessary for the Company contractually to indemnify certain of
such persons and to assume for itself maximum liability for expenses and damages in connection with
claims against such persons in connection with their service to the Company;
C. Section 7502 of the Nevada General Corporation Law, under which the Company is organized
(Section 145), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its present and former officers,
directors, employees, agents and consultants and persons who serve, at the request of the Company,
as directors, officers, employees, agents, or consultants of other corporations, partnerships,
joint ventures, trusts, or other enterprises and expressly provides that the indemnification
provided by Section 7502 is not exclusive; and
D. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a
director, officer, key employee, agent, or consultant of the Company free from undue concern for
claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions
1.1 Agent. For the purposes of this Agreement, agent of the Company means any person who is
or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or consultant of the Company or a subsidiary of the
Company; or is or was serving at the request of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a
director, officer, employee, agent, or consultant of another foreign or domestic corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise or an affiliate of the Company. The term
enterprise includes any employee benefit plan of the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates, and
predecessor corporations.
1.2 Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company includes, in addition to the
resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent)
absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had
power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents, or consultants so that
any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or consultant of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,
officer, employee, agent, or consultant of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Agreement with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.
1.3 Expenses. For the purposes of this Agreement, expenses includes all direct and indirect
costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and
related disbursements and other out-of-pocket costs) actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, or appeal of a proceeding or establishing
or enforcing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement, Section
7502 or otherwise; provided, however, that expenses shall not include any
judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding.
1.4 Fines. For purposes of this Agreement, references to fines includes any excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan.
1.5 Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, liabilities means judgments, fines, ERISA
execute taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with a proceeding.
1.6 Other Enterprises. For purposes of this Agreement, other enterprises includes employee
benefit plans.
1.7 Proceeding. For the purposes of this Agreement, proceeding means any threatened,
pending, or completed action, suit, or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
or investigative.
1.8 Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, subsidiary means any corporation of which
more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company,
by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, or by one or more of the Companys
subsidiaries.
1.9 Serving at the Request of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, serving at the
request of the Company includes any service as a director, officer, employee, agent, or consultant
of the Company that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee,
agent, or consultant with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries;
and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have
acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Company as referred to in this
Agreement.
2
2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an agent of
the Company, at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in
the capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an agent of the Company, faithfully and to the best
of his ability, so long as he is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the charter documents of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company;
provided, however, that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign
from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that the Indemnitee may have assumed
apart from this Agreement), and the Company and any subsidiary shall have no obligation under this
Agreement to continue the Indemnitee in any such position.
3. Directors and Officers Insurance. The Company shall, to the extent that the Board
determines it to be economically reasonable, maintain a policy of directors and officers
liability insurance (D&O Insurance), on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the
Board.
4. Mandatory Indemnification. Subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall indemnify the
Indemnitee:
4.1 Third-Party Actions. (a) If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (except an action by or in the right of the
Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason
of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, against any and all expenses
and liabilities of any type whatsoever incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such
proceeding if (b) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitees conduct was
unlawful, or (c) the Indemnitee, if a director or officer of the Company, did not act or fail to
act in a manner that constituted a breach of the Indemnitees fiduciary duties as a director or
officer or such Indemnitees breach of those duties did not involve intentional misconduct, fraud,
or a knowing violation of law; and
4.2 Derivative Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened
to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its
favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of
anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, against any and all expenses and
liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such proceeding if (a) the Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the Company, or (b) the Indemnitee, if a director or officer of the Company,
did not act or fail to act in a manner that constituted a breach of the Indemnitees fiduciary
duties as a director or officer or such Indemnitee breach of those duties involved intentional
misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law; except that no indemnification under this
subsection shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall
have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after the exhaustion of all appeals
thereform, to be liable to the Company or for amounts paid in settlement to the Company, unless and
only to the extent that the court in which such proceeding was brought or another court of
competent jurisdiction determines upon application that, in view
3
of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonable entitled to
indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper; and
4.3 Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and
amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid to the Indemnitee by D&O Insurance.
5. Partial Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1 Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this
Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any expenses or liabilities of
any type whatsoever incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding but is not entitled,
however, to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, then the Company shall
nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to
which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.
5.2 Contribution. If the Indemnitee is not entitled to the indemnification provided in
Section 4 for any reason other than the statutory limitations set forth in the Nevada General
Corporation Law, then in respect of proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the
Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount
of expenses and liabilities paid or payable by the Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Indemnitee on
the other hand from the transaction from which such proceeding arose and (ii) the relative fault of
the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events
that resulted in such expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to
information, and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses,
judgments, fines, or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.
6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.
6.1 Advancement. Subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall pay as incurred and in advance
of the final disposition of a civil or criminal proceeding all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee
in connection with defending any such proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is
threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the
Company or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity. The
Indemnitee hereby undertakes to promptly repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent
that, it shall ultimately by determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by
the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of
the Company, the Nevada General Corporation Law, or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder
shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee
4
within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to
the Company.
6.2 Exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, the Company shall
not be obligated to advance any expenses to the Indemnitee arising from a lawsuit filed directly by
the Company against the Indemnitee if an absolute majority of the members of the Board reasonably
determines in good faith, within thirty (30) days of the Indemnitees request to be advanced
expenses, that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly
and convincingly that the Indemnitee acted in bad faith. If such a determination is made, the
Indemnitee may have such decision reviewed in the manner set forth in Section 8.5 hereof, with all
references therein to indemnification being deemed to refer to advancement of expenses, and the
burden of proof shall be on the Company to demonstrate clearly and convincingly that, based on the
facts known at the time, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith. The Company may not avail itself of
this Section 6.2 as to a given lawsuit if, at any time after the occurrence of the activities or
omissions that are the primary focus of the lawsuit, the Company has undergone a change in control.
For this purpose, a change in control shall mean a given person of group of affiliated persons or
groups increasing their beneficial ownership interest in the Company by at least twenty (20)
percentage points without advance Board approval.
7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.
7.1 Notification. Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of
or the threat of commencement of any proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes
that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement,
notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.
7.2 Insurance. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a proceeding
pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give
prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary
or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable
as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance policies.
7.3 Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the expenses for any
proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the
defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do
so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of
such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement
for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same
proceeding, provided that (a) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ the
Indemnitees own counsel in any such proceeding at the Indemnitees expense; (b) the Indemnitee
shall have the right to employ the Indemnitees own counsel in connection with any such proceeding,
at the expense of the Company, if such counsel serves in a
5
review, observer, advice, and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or
participate in the defense of such proceeding; and (c) if (i) the employment of counsel by the
Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the
conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to
assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of the Indemnitees counsel shall
be at the expense of the Company.
8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.
8.1 Success on Merits. To the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 4.1 or 4.2 of this Agreement or in
the defense of any claim, issue, or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify the
Indemnitee against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with
the investigation, defense, or appeal of such proceeding, or such claim, issue, or matter, as the
case may be.
8.2 Proof by Company. In the event that Section 8.1 is inapplicable, or does not apply to the
entire proceeding, the Company shall nonetheless indemnify the Indemnitee unless the Company shall
prove by clear and convincing evidence to a forum listed in Section 8.3 below that the Indemnitee
has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such
indemnification.
8.3 Termination of Proceeding. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere its equivalent, does not, of itself,
create a presumption that a person (a) did not act in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, (b) with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the
persons conduct was unlawful, or (c) the persons act or failure to act constituted a breach of
the persons fiduciary duties as a director or officer or the persons breach of those duties
involved intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law.
8.4 Applicable Forums. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which the
validity of the Companys claim under Section 8.2 hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification will be heard from among the following, except that the Indemnitee can
select a forum consisting of the stockholders of the Company only with the approval of the Company
and, if the Indemnitee is a director or officer at the time of such determination, the
determination shall be made in accordance with (a), (b), (c) or (d) below at the election of the
Company:
(a) A majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the proceeding for which
indemnification is being sought even though less than a quorum;
(b) By a committee of directors who are not parties to the proceeding for which
indemnification is being sought designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less
than a quorum;
6
(c) If there are no directors who are not parties to the proceeding for which indemnification
is sought, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;
(d) The stockholders of the Company;
(e) A panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is
selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so
selected; or
(f) A court having jurisdiction of subject matter and the parties.
8.5 Submission. As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after the
forum has been selected pursuant to Section 8.4 above, the Company shall, at its own expense,
submit to the selected forum its claim that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, and
the Company shall act in the utmost good faith to assure the Indemnitee a complete opportunity to
defend against such claim.
8.6 Appeals. If the forum selected in accordance with Section 8.4 hereof is not a court, then
after the final decision of such forum is rendered, the Company or the Indemnitee shall have the
right to apply to a court of Nevada, the court in which the proceeding giving rise to the
Indemnitees claim for indemnification is or was pending, or any other court of competent
jurisdiction, for the purpose of appealing the decision of such forum, provided that such
right is executed within sixty (60) days after the final decision of such forum is rendered. If
the forum selected in accordance with Section 8.4 hereof is a court, then the rights of the Company
or the Indemnitee to appeal any decision of such court shall be governed by the applicable laws and
rules governing appeals of the decision of such court.
8.7 Expenses for Interpretation. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the
contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all expenses incurred by the
Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the
Indemnitee and against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other
proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of
the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds
that each of the material claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was
frivolous or not made in good faith.
9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall
not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the following circumstances:
9.1 Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee with
respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way
of defense, except with respect to proceedings specifically authorized by the Board or
brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses arising
under this Agreement, the charter documents of the Company or any subsidiary
7
or any statute or law or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be
provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or
9.2 Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify the Indemnitee hereunder for any amounts paid in
settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents in advance in writing to such settlement,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or
9.3 Securities Law Actions. To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of any suit in which
judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or
sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal,
state, or local statutory law; or
9.4 Unlawful Indemnification. To indemnify the Indemnitee if a final decision by a court
having jurisdiction in the mater shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful. In this
respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange
Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal
securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for
indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication.
10. Non-Exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth
in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights that the Indemnitee may have
under any provision of law, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the
Companys stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to
action in the Indemnitees official capacity and to action in another capacity while occupying the
Indemnitees position as an agent of the Company, and the Indemnitees rights hereunder shall
continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Company and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of the Indemnitee.
11. General Provisions.
11.1 Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this
Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of
expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, except as
expressly limited herein.
11.2 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be
invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then:(a) the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all
portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid,
illegal, or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that are not
themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the
8
intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect
to Section 11.1 hereof.
11.3 Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement
shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision
hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
11.4 Subrogation. In the even of full payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who
shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary or desirable to
secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
11.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, which shall
together constitute one agreement.
11.6 Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the
benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto. The indemnification and advancement
of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee
or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.
11.7 Notice. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given; (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by
the party addressee; or (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, on the
third business day after the mailing date. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on
the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.
11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according
to the laws of the state of Nevada, as applied to contracts between Nevada residents entered into
and to be performed entirely within Nevada .
11.9 Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent
to the jurisdiction of the courts of the state of Nevada for all purposes in connection with any
action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
11.10 Attorneys Fees. In the event Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce
rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the expenses of any proceeding
described in Section 3), the Indemnitee shall be entitled to all reasonable fees and expenses in
bringing and pursuing such action, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds each of the
material claims of the Indemnitee in any such action was frivolous and not made in good faith.
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as
of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
SMITH & WESSON HOLDING |
|
INDEMNITEE: |
CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print Name) |
10
Schedule to Exhibit 10.72: The form of Indemnity Agreement was executed by the following persons:
|
|
|
Name |
|
Date |
Barry M. Monheit
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Robert L. Scott
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Jeffrey D. Buchanan
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
John B. Furman
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Mitchell A. Saltz
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
David M. Stone
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
I. Marie Wadecki
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Michael F. Golden
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
William F. Spengler
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Leland A. Nichols
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Kenneth W. Chandler
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
|
|
|
Ann B. Makkiya
|
|
June 29, 2009 |
exv10w73
Exhibit 10.73
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT dated the 29th day of June 2009, by and between SMITH & WESSON
HOLDING CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (Employer), and Kenneth W. Chandler (Employee).
WHEREAS, Employee is an executive officer and a valued employee of Employer.
WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to agree to the results of any termination of Employees
employment by Employer other than for cause.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants set forth in this
Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Result of Termination Other than for Cause. In the event that Employer terminates
Employees employment with Employer other than for cause, (a) Employer shall pay Employees base
salary for a period of 12 months following such termination, (b) Employer shall pay to Employee, at
the same time as bonuses are paid to Employers other executives, a portion of the bonus earned by
Employee for the period commencing on the first day of the fiscal year for which the bonus is
calculated and ending on the date of termination; and (c) all unvested stock-based compensation
held by Employee shall vest as of the date of termination. As used herein, cause shall mean any
termination of Employees employment by Employer as a result of (i) Employee engaging in an act or
acts involving a crime, moral turpitude, fraud, or dishonesty, (ii) Employee taking any action that
may be injurious to the business or reputation of Employer; or (iii) Employee willfully violating
in a material respect Employers Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Conduct, or any
applicable Code of Ethics, including, without limitation, the provisions thereof relating to
conflicts of interest or related party transactions. The amounts payable under (a) above shall be
paid on Employers regular payroll schedule commencing on the first such payment date coincident
with or following Employees separation from service from Employer within the meaning of Section
409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and shall be treated as a
series of separate payments under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). The amounts
payable under (b) above shall be made by March 15 of the year following the year to which the bonus
applies and would otherwise be earned.
2. Competition and Confidential Information.
(a) Interests to be Protected. The parties acknowledge that Employee performs essential
services for Employer, its employees, and its stockholders during the term of Employees employment
with Employer. Employee is exposed to, has access to, and works with, a considerable amount of
Confidential Information (as defined below). The parties also expressly recognize and acknowledge
that the personnel of Employer have been trained by, and are valuable to, Employer and that
Employer will incur substantial recruiting and training expenses if Employer must hire new
personnel or retrain existing personnel to fill vacancies. The parties expressly recognize that it
could seriously impair the goodwill and diminish the value of Employers business should Employee
compete with Employer in any manner whatsoever.
The parties acknowledge that this covenant has an extended duration; however, they agree that
this covenant is reasonable and it is necessary for the protection of Employer, its stockholders,
and employees. For these and other reasons, and the fact that there are many other employment
opportunities available to Employee if his employment is terminated, the parties are in full and
complete agreement that the following restrictive covenants are fair and reasonable and are entered
into freely, voluntarily, and knowingly. Furthermore, each party was given the opportunity to
consult with independent legal counsel before entering into this Agreement.
(b) Non-Competition. For the period equal to 12 months after the termination by Employer of
Employees employment with Employer other than for cause, Employee shall not (whether directly or
indirectly, as owner, principal, agent, stockholder, director, officer, manager, employee, partner,
participant, or in any other capacity) engage or become financially interested in any competitive
business conducted within the Restricted Territory (as defined below). As used herein, the term
competitive business shall mean any business that sells or provides or attempts to sell or
provide products or services the same as or substantially similar to the products or services sold
or provided by Employer during Employees employment, and the term Restricted Territory shall
mean any state or other geographical in which Employer sells products or provides services during
Employees employment.
(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. For a period of 24 months after the termination by
Employer of Employees employment with Employer other than for cause, Employee shall not directly
or indirectly, for Employee, or on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any other person, company,
partnership, corporation, or governmental entity, solicit for employment, seek to hire, or hire any
person or persons who is employed by or was employed by Employer within 12 months of the
termination of Employees employment for the purpose of having any such employee engage in services
that are the same as or similar or related to the services that such employee provided for
Employer.
(d) Confidential Information. Employee shall maintain in strict secrecy all confidential or
trade secret information relating to the business of Employer (the Confidential Information)
obtained by Employee in the course of Employees employment, and Employee shall not, unless first
authorized in writing by Employer, disclose to, or use for Employees benefit or for the benefit
of, any person, firm, or entity at any time either during or subsequent to the term of Employees
employment, any Confidential Information, except as required in the performance of Employees
duties on behalf of Employer. For purposes hereof, Confidential Information shall include without
limitation any materials, trade secrets, knowledge, or information with respect to management,
operational, or investment policies and practices of Employer; any business methods or forms; any
names or addresses of customers or data on customers or suppliers; and any business policies or
other information relating to or dealing with the management, operational, or investment policies
or practices of Employer.
(e) Return of Books, Records, Papers, and Equipment. Upon the termination of Employees
employment with Employer for any reason, Employee shall deliver promptly to Employer all files,
lists, books, records, manuals, memoranda, drawings, and specifications; all cost, pricing, and
other financial data; all other written or printed materials and computers, cell phones, PDAs, and
other equipment that are the property of Employer (and any copies of them); and all other materials
that may contain Confidential Information relating to the
2
business of Employer, which Employee may then have in Employees possession, whether prepared
by Employee or not.
(f) Disclosure of Information. Employee shall disclose promptly to Employer, or its nominee,
any and all ideas, designs, processes, and improvements of any kind relating to the business of
Employer, whether patentable or not, conceived or made by Employee, either alone or jointly with
others, during working hours or otherwise, during the entire period of Employees employment with
Employer or within six months thereafter.
(g) Assignment. Employee hereby assigns to Employer or its nominee, the entire right, title,
and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, and improvements, whether patentable or not,
that Employee may conceive or make during Employees employment with Employer, or within six months
thereafter, and which relate to the business of Employer.
(h) Equitable Relief. In the event a violation of any of the restrictions contained in this
Section is established, Employer shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief
as well as damages and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits, and other benefits arising
from such violation, which right shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or
remedies to which Employer may be entitled. In the event of a violation of any provision of
subsection (b), (c), (f), or (g) of this Section, the period for which those provisions would
remain in effect shall be extended for a period of time equal to that period beginning when such
violation commenced and ending when the activities constituting such violation shall have been
finally terminated in good faith.
(i) Restrictions Separable. If the scope of any provision of this Agreement (whether in this
Section 4 or otherwise) is found by a Court to be too broad to permit enforcement to its full
extent, then such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law. The parties
agree that the scope of any provision of this Agreement may be modified by a judge in any
proceeding to enforce this Agreement, so that such provision can be enforced to the maximum extent
permitted by law. Each and every restriction set forth in this Section 4 is independent and
severable from the others, and no such restriction shall be rendered unenforceable by virtue of the
fact that, for any reason, any other or others of them may be unenforceable in whole or in part.
3. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made, and
received (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if by facsimile transmission,
upon receipt, (iii) if mailed, three days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or
certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed as provided below, or (iv) if
by a courier delivery service providing overnight or next-day delivery, on the next business day
after deposit with such service addressed as follows:
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
If to Employer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2100 Roosevelt Avenue
Springfield, Massachusetts 01104
Attention: Chairman of the Board |
|
|
|
| | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy given in the manner
prescribed above, to: |
|
|
|
| | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greenberg Traurig, LLP
2375 East Camelback Road
Suite 700
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
Attention: Robert S. Kant, Esq.
Phone: (602) 445-8302
Facsimile: (602) 445-8100
E-Mail: KantR@gtlaw.com |
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
If to Employee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2100 Roosevelt Avenue
Springfield, Massachusetts 01104-1606
Phone: (413) 747-3389
Facsimile: (413) 739-8528
E-Mail: kchandler@smith-wesson.com |
Either party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving
notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section 5 for the giving
of notice.
(b) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if
Employee is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A of the code, Employee shall not be
entitled to any payments or benefits the right to which provides for a deferral of compensation
within the meaning of Section 409A, and whose payment or provision is triggered by Employees
termination of employment (whether such payments or benefits are provided to Employee under this
Agreement or under any other plan, program, or arrangement of Employer), until the earlier of (i)
the date which is the first business day following the six-month anniversary of Employees
separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) for any reason other
than death or (ii) Employees date of death, and such payments or benefits that, if not for the
six-month delay described herein, would be due and payable prior to such date shall be made or
provided to Employee on such date. Employer shall make the determination as to whether Employee is
a specified employee in good faith in accordance with its general procedures adopted in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code and, at the time of the Employees separation of service
will notify the Employee whether or not he is a specified employee.
(c) Savings Clause. This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code with respect to amounts subject thereto, and shall be
4
interpreted and construed consistent with such intent; provided that, notwithstanding the other
provisions of this subsection and the paragraph above entitled, Specified Employee , with respect
to any right to a payment or benefit hereunder (or portion thereof) that does not otherwise provide
for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, it is the intent
of the parties that such payment or benefit will not so provide. Furthermore, if either party
notifies the other in writing that, based on the advice of legal counsel, one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement contravenes any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated under
Section 409A of the Code or causes any amounts to be subject to interest or penalties under Section
409A of the Code, the parties shall promptly and reasonably consult with each other (and with their
legal counsel), and shall use their reasonable best efforts, to reform the provisions hereof to (i)
maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provisions without
violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code or increasing the costs to Employer of
providing the applicable benefit or payment and (ii) to the extent practicable, to avoid the
imposition of any tax, interest or other penalties under Section 409A of the Code upon Employee or
Employer.
(d) Reimbursements. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, no reimbursement payable to
Employee pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement or pursuant to any plan or arrangement of
Employer shall be paid later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in
which the related expense was incurred, and no such reimbursement during any calendar year shall
affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, except, in each case, to
the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a deferral of compensation within
the meaning of Section 409A.
(e) Indulgences; Waivers. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of either party to
exercise any right, remedy, power, or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege
preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power, or
privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to any
occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to any
other occurrence. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the
waiver.
(f) Controlling Law. This Agreement and all questions relating to its validity,
interpretation, performance and enforcement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the state of Massachusetts, notwithstanding any Massachusetts or other
conflict-of-interest provisions to the contrary.
(g) Binding Nature of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and
assigns, except that no party may assign or transfer such partys rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.
(h) Execution in Counterpart. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears
thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement
shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof,
5
individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of the parties reflected hereon as
the signatories.
(i) Provisions Separable. The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable
from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue
of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in
whole or in part.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
agreements and understandings, inducements, and conditions, express or implied, oral or written,
except as herein contained. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of
performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement
may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing. The Employment Agreement
dated as of November 8, 2004 shall no longer be of any force or affect except as expressly
contemplated hereby.
(h) No Participation in Severance Plans. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, Employee
acknowledges and agrees that the compensation and other benefits set forth in this Agreement are
and shall be in lieu of any compensation or other benefits that may otherwise be payable to or on
behalf of Employee pursuant to the terms of any severance pay arrangement of Employer or any
affiliate thereof, or any other similar arrangement of Employer or any affiliates thereof providing
for benefits upon involuntary termination of employment.
(i) Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings in this Agreement are for convenience only;
they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
(j) Gender. Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall
be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender,
masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context requires.
(k) Number of Days. In computing the number of days for purposes of this Agreement, all days
shall be counted, including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays; provided, however, that if the final
day of any time period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then the final day shall be deemed
to be the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.
4. Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of
the parties hereto; provided that because the obligations of Employee hereunder involve the
performance of personal services, such obligations shall not be delegated by Employee. For
purposes of this Agreement successors and assigns shall include, but not be limited to, any
individual, corporation, trust, partnership, or other entity that acquires a majority of the stock
or assets of Employer by sale, merger, consolidation, liquidation, or other form of transfer.
Employer will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger,
consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer
to
6
expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent
that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Without
limiting the foregoing, unless the context otherwise requires, the term Employer includes all
subsidiaries of Employer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SMITH & WESSON HOLDING CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael F. Golden
|
|
|
|
Michael F. Golden |
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth W. Chandler
|
|
|
Kenneth W. Chandler |
|
|
|
|
|
7
exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
State or Jurisdiction |
Name |
|
of Organization |
Fox Ridge Outfitters, Inc.
|
|
New Hampshire |
K.W. Thompson Tool Company, Inc.
|
|
New Hampshire |
O.L. Development, Inc.
|
|
New Hampshire |
Smith & Wesson Corp.
|
|
Delaware |
Smith & Wesson Firearms Training Centre GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Bear Lake Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Delaware |
Thompson/Center Arms Company, Inc.
|
|
New Hampshire |
Thompson Center Holding Corporation
|
|
Delaware |
exv23w1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-87748, 333-87750, and
333-128804) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-130634, 333-136842, 333-141231,
and 333-153638) of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries of our reports dated
June 30, 2009 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule
and the effectiveness of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporations internal control over financial
reporting, which appear in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
BDO Seidman, LLP |
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts |
|
|
|
June 30, 2009 |
|
|
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael F. Golden, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of the registrants board of directors:
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30, 2009 |
/s/ Michael F. Golden |
|
|
Michael F. Golden |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, William F. Spengler, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of the registrants board of directors:
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30, 2009 |
/s/ William F. Spengler
|
|
|
William F. Spengler |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
and Treasurer |
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation (the
Company) for the year ended April 30, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on the date hereof (the Report), I, Michael F. Golden, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, certify, to my best knowledge and belief, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30, 2009 |
/s/ Michael F. Golden |
|
|
Michael F. Golden |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Smith & Wesson Holding Corporation (the
Company) for the year ended April 30, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on the date hereof (the Report), I, William F. Spengler, Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, and Treasurer of the Company, certify, to my best knowledge and belief, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30, 2009 |
/s/ William F. Spengler |
|
|
William F. Spengler |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
and Treasurer |
|